 







                                                              AA-N323G-TE









             ALL-IN-1_____________________________________________
             Installation Guide Part 1
             Base Installation






















             digital equipment corporation
             maynard, massachusetts

 






                                                               AA-N323G-TE
                                             First Printing, December 1989

             The information in this document is subject to change without
             notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital
             Equipment Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes
             no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this
             document.

             The software described in this document is furnished under a
             license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
             terms of such license.

             Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for
             the use or reliability of its software on equipment that is
             not supplied by Digital.

             Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the
             U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in
             subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and
             Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013.

             Copyright (c) Digital Equipment Corporation. 1989. All rights
             reserved.

             Please complete the reader's comments page at the end of the
             book. It will help us to keep improving our documentation.

             The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

             ALL-IN-1             MicroVAX         VAX DOCUMENT
             DDIF                 MicroVMS         VAX FMS
             DEC                  PDP              VAX Grammar Checker
             DECdx                P/OS             VAX Notes
             DECmail              Professional     VAX RALLY
             DECmate              Rainbow          VAX TEAMDATA
             DECspell             RSTS             VAX VTX
             DECtalk              RSX              VMS
             DECtalk Mail Access  TK50             VT
             DECUS                TOPS-20          Work Processor
             DECwindows           UNIBUS           WPS-PLUS
             DECwriter            VAX
             DIBOL                VAXcluster       +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+TM
             MAILbus              VAX DATATRIEVE   |d|i|g|i|t|a|l|
             MASSBUS              VAX DECpage      +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

             Bell       is a trademark of Bell telephone companies.
             Ethernet   is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.
             PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc.
             Vadic      is a trademark of Racal-Vadic.

             This document was prepared using VAX DOCUMENT, Version 1.2.

 















          ________________________________________________________________


                                                                  Contents




          Preface..................................................    xiv


          1  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              1.1  Examining the Distribution Kit..................    1-4
              1.1.1  Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits ..................    1-4
              1.1.2  Compact Disk Consolidated Software
                     Distribution Kits............................     1-5
              1.2  VMS License Management Facility.................    1-6
              1.3  Required Operating System Components............    1-7
              1.4  Prerequisite Software...........................    1-7
              1.4.1  Installed Images .............................    1-8
              1.5  Optional Software Products......................   1-10
              1.5.1  Initial DDIF Support .........................   1-12
              1.5.2  Integrating VAX DATATRIEVE with ALL-IN-1 .....   1-13
              1.5.3  Integrating Message Router and the Message
                     Router VMSmail Gateway with ALL-IN-1.........    1-14
              1.5.3.1   The Mail Directory and the ALL-IN-1
                        Directory..................................   1-16
              1.5.4  Integrating ACMS with ALL-IN-1 ...............   1-16
              1.5.5  Integrating WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 ...........   1-16


                                                                       iii

 






              1.5.6  Installation Order ...........................   1-17
              1.5.7  Keeping a Record of the Installation .........   1-18
              1.6  Installing ALL-IN-1 on VAXcluster Systems.......   1-19
              1.6.1  Installing ALL-IN-1 on a Common-Environment
                     Cluster......................................    1-19
              1.6.1.1   Running ALL-IN-1 on a Common-Environment
                        Cluster....................................   1-19
              1.6.2  Installing ALL-IN-1 on a Multiple-Environment
                     Cluster......................................    1-20
              1.6.2.1   Running ALL-IN-1 on a Multiple-Environment
                        Cluster....................................   1-21
              1.6.3  Installing ALL-IN-1 on a Local Area
                     VAXcluster System............................    1-22
              1.7  Installing Additional Languages.................   1-23
              1.8  Preparing the System for Installation...........   1-24
              1.8.1  Time Needed to Install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 ..   1-27
              1.8.2  Privileges ...................................   1-27
              1.8.3  Back Up Your System and Target Disks .........   1-27
              1.8.4  Ensure No Active Users on the System .........   1-27
              1.8.5  Moving Your Applications to ALL-IN-1
                     Customization Management.....................    1-28
              1.8.5.1   Uncustomized Elements Supported by
                        Customization Management...................   1-28
              1.8.5.2   Customized Elements Supported by
                        Customization Management...................   1-29
              1.8.5.3   Elements Not Supported by Customization
                        Management.................................   1-29
              1.8.6  Register the Licenses for the Prerequisite
                     Software.....................................    1-29
              1.8.7  Ensure Message Router Directory Service is
                     Running......................................    1-30
              1.8.8  Shut Down the OA$FORMATTER Batch Queue .......   1-30
              1.8.9  Start the Queue Manager ......................   1-30
              1.8.10 Run the Mail Sender and Fetcher ..............   1-31
              1.8.11 Delete the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping Jobs ........   1-31
              1.8.12 Calculate the Values for GBLPAGES,
                     GBLSECTIONS and GBLPAGFIL....................    1-32
              1.8.13 Check the System Parameter Values ............   1-35


          iv

 






              1.8.14 Changing System Parameter Values with
                     AUTOGEN......................................    1-37
              1.8.15 Process Account Quotas .......................   1-38
              1.8.16 Disk Space ...................................   1-39
              1.8.16.1  Installation Modes.........................   1-40
              1.8.16.2  ALL-IN-1 Areas.............................   1-41
              1.8.17 Deinstall Patches ............................   1-45
              1.8.18 Check Your Site-Specific Startup Procedures ..   1-45
              1.8.19 Considerations for ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group
                     Conferencing.................................    1-46
              1.8.20 Checklist of Information Required for
                     Installation.................................    1-46
              1.8.21 License Management Utility Requirements ......   1-47


          2  Accessing the Online Release Notes

              2.1  Accessing the Release Notes.....................    2-2


          3  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

              3.1  Before You Start................................    3-1
              3.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    3-1
              3.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    3-2
              3.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    3-2
              3.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    3-2
              3.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    3-2
              3.7  The Installation Procedure......................    3-3
              3.8  Error Recovery..................................    3-6
              3.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    3-7







                                                                         v

 






          4  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              4.1  Before You Start................................    4-1
              4.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    4-2
              4.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    4-2
              4.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    4-2
              4.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    4-3
              4.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    4-3
              4.7  The Installation Procedure......................    4-3
              4.8  Error Recovery..................................    4-4
              4.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    4-5


          5  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              5.1  Before You Start................................    5-1
              5.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    5-2
              5.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    5-2
              5.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    5-2
              5.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    5-3
              5.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    5-3
              5.7  The Installation Procedure......................    5-4
              5.8  Error Recovery..................................    5-6
              5.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    5-7


          6  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
             Languages

              6.1  Before You Start................................    6-1
              6.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    6-2
              6.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    6-2



          vi

 






              6.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    6-2
              6.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    6-3
              6.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    6-3
              6.7  The Installation Procedure......................    6-3
              6.8  Error Recovery..................................    6-4
              6.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    6-5


          7  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              7.1  Before You Start................................    7-1
              7.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    7-2
              7.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    7-2
              7.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    7-3
              7.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    7-3
              7.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    7-3
              7.7  The Installation Procedure......................    7-4
              7.8  Stop and Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue...........    7-6
              7.9  Error Recovery..................................    7-6
              7.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    7-7


          8  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1
             V2.4 Languages

              8.1  Before You Start................................    8-1
              8.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    8-2
              8.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    8-2
              8.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    8-2
              8.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    8-3
              8.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    8-3
              8.7  The Installation Procedure......................    8-3
              8.8  Error Recovery..................................    8-4


                                                                       vii

 






              8.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    8-5


          9  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              9.1  Before You Start................................    9-1
              9.2  Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................    9-2
              9.3  Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................    9-2
              9.4  Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................    9-2
              9.5  Aborting the Installation.......................    9-3
              9.6  Warning and Error Messages......................    9-3
              9.7  The Installation Procedure......................    9-4
              9.8  Stop and Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue...........    9-5
              9.9  Error Recovery..................................    9-5
              9.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP ..................    9-6


          10  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1
              V2.4 Languages

              10.1 Before You Start................................   10-1
              10.2 Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................   10-2
              10.3 Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................   10-2
              10.4 Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................   10-2
              10.5 Aborting the Installation.......................   10-3
              10.6 Warning and Error Messages......................   10-3
              10.7 The Installation Procedure......................   10-3
              10.8 Error Recovery..................................   10-4
              10.8.1 Errors Found During the IVP ..................   10-5







          viii

 






          11  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

              11.1 Before You Start................................   11-1
              11.2 Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................   11-2
              11.3 Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................   11-2
              11.4 Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................   11-2
              11.5 Aborting the Installation.......................   11-2
              11.6 Warning and Error Messages......................   11-3
              11.7 The Installation Procedure......................   11-4
              11.8 Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue....................   11-5
              11.9 Error Recovery..................................   11-5
              11.9.1 Errors Found During the IVP ..................   11-6


          12  Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language

              12.1 Before You Start................................   12-1
              12.2 Overview of VMSINSTAL...........................   12-2
              12.3 Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to
                   the System......................................   12-2
              12.4 Running the Installation Verification Procedure
                   (IVP)...........................................   12-2
              12.5 Aborting the Installation.......................   12-3
              12.6 Warning and Error Messages......................   12-3
              12.7 The Installation Procedure......................   12-3
              12.8 Error Recovery..................................   12-4
              12.8.1 Errors Found During the IVP ..................   12-5


          13  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              13.1 Installation Steps..............................   13-1






                                                                        ix

 






          14  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              14.1 Replace the DCLTABLES on VAXcluster Systems.....   14-4
              14.2 Convert the User Profiles.......................   14-5
              14.3 Update the License Count and Subscriber Count
                   for ALL-IN-1....................................   14-5
              14.4 Delete Files That Are No Longer Required........   14-5
              14.5 Convert the Format of OA$DATA_SHARE:
                   SM_USED_UIC.DAT.................................   14-6
              14.6 Execute the ALL-IN-1 Startup Command
                   Procedure.......................................   14-6
              14.6.1 After a New Installation .....................   14-6
              14.6.2 After an Upgrade Installation ................   14-7
              14.6.3 Site-Specific Startup Procedures .............   14-8
              14.6.4 How to Handle Errors Relating to Images Not
                     Installed....................................    14-9
              14.7 Compile and Install the TXLs....................  14-10
              14.8 Compile and Install Your Form Libraries.........  14-12
              14.9 How to Set Up a Remote Message Router...........  14-12
              14.10Setting Up the Message Router Transfer
                   Service.........................................  14-13
              14.10.1Configuring the VMSmail Gateway ..............  14-14
              14.11Diagnostic Tools................................  14-15
              14.12Set the Global Buffers..........................  14-15
              14.13Set the Terminal and Queue Characteristics for
                   Printers........................................  14-16
              14.14Modifications Required for VTX..................  14-17
              14.15Replacing the Help Modules for Your
                   Application.....................................  14-17
              14.16Reschedule the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping
                   Procedures......................................  14-17
              14.17Changes Required if DECmail No Longer In Use....  14-18
              14.18Mail Directory Setup............................  14-18
              14.19ALL-IN-1 Setup..................................  14-21
              14.20Convert WPS-PLUS/VMS Documents to ALL-IN-1......  14-22
              14.21Determining and Reporting Problems..............  14-24




          x

 






          A  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media

              A.1  Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits.....................    A-1
              A.2  Compact Disk Consolidated Software Distribution
                   Kits............................................    A-2
              A.3  List of Files in Each Saveset...................    A-4


          B  Sample Installations

              B.1  Sample of a New Installation....................    B-1
              B.2  Sample of an Upgrade Installation from ALL-IN-1
                   Version 2.3.....................................   B-29
              B.3  Sample of an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Update
                   Installation....................................   B-54
              B.4  Additional Language Installation................   B-77


          C  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

              C.1  Files Installed in Non-ALL-IN-1 Directories.....    C-1
              C.2  Logical Names...................................    C-2
              C.2.1  Logical Names Entered into the System Logical
                     Name Table...................................     C-2
              C.2.2  Logical Names Entered into the Language
                     Logical Name Table...........................     C-4
              C.3  Directory Structure of an ALL-IN-1 System
                   Installed on Separate Disks.....................    C-5


          D  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

              D.1  Change to Using VAX DATATRIEVE..................    D-1
              D.2  Change to Using WPS-PLUS........................    D-2
              D.3  Change to Using VAX ACMS........................    D-2
              D.4  Change the Location of an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                   Area............................................    D-2
              D.5  Moving ALL-IN-1.................................    D-4


                                                                        xi

 






          Index


          Figures

              C-1  Directory Structure of the ALL-IN-1 Manager's
                   Account.........................................    C-6

              C-2  Directory Structure for the Library Files.......    C-7

              C-3  Directory Structure for the Language Files......    C-8

              C-4  Directory Structure for the Data Files..........    C-9

              C-5  Directory Structure for Mail Area E.............    C-9

              C-6  Directory Structure for the Shared
                   Directories.....................................    C-9

          Tables

              1-1  Section Reference Chart.........................    1-3

              1-2  Actions to Complete Before Installing
                   ALL-IN-1........................................   1-25

              1-3  Required System Parameter Values................   1-36

              1-4  Process Account Quotas for the Installing
                   Account.........................................   1-38

              1-5  Disk Space Requirements for the ALL-IN-1
                   Areas...........................................   1-43

              3-1  Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1 Version
                   2.4 System......................................    3-4

              4-1  Steps Required for an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language
                   Installation....................................    4-4

              5-1  Steps Required to Upgrade ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to
                   ALL-IN-1 V2.4...................................    5-4

              6-1  Steps Required for Upgrading an ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                   Language........................................    6-4

              7-1  Steps Required to Upgrade your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   V1.0 System to ALL-IN-1 V2.4....................    7-4

          xii

 






              8-1  Steps Required for Upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   V1.0 Language...................................    8-4

              9-1  Steps Required to Update your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   V2.4 System to ALL-IN-1 V2.4....................    9-4

              10-1 Steps Required for Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                   V2.4 Language...................................   10-4

              11-1 Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1
                   V2.4 System.....................................   11-4

              12-1 Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1
                   V2.4 Language...................................   12-4

              14-1 Section Reference Chart.........................   14-2

              14-2 Global Buffer Allocations.......................  14-16






















                                                                      xiii

 














          ________________________________________________________________


                                                                   Preface




             Product: ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4

          Purpose of This Guide

             This guide is Part 1 of three parts. See the section on
             Document Structure. This part describes how to:

              1 Prepare the VMS system for the installation of ALL-IN-1

              2 Install ALL-IN-1

              3 Set up ALL-IN-1 so that the ALL-IN-1 manager can log in to
                ALL-IN-1 and use ALL-IN-1 locally

             All other tasks required to complete the set up of ALL-IN-1,
             and for ongoing management, are described in the ALL-IN-1
             Management Guide and ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide, for
             example:

              o Printer set up

              o Creating accounts


          xiv

 






              o Setting up Message Router and Message Router VMSmail
                Gateway, if mail messages need to be sent to other systems
                or VMS users


          Audience

             This guide is primarily intended for:

              o Managers who want to install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 and set
                it up for use

              o Managers who want to upgrade to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 from
                either ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
                1.0

              o Managers who want to update their current ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                Version 2.4 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4

              o Managers who want to update their existing ALL-IN-1
                Version 2.4 system

          How To Use This Guide

             Use this guide as follows:

              1 Carry out the steps described in Chapter 2 to access
                the Release Notes. You must print and read the Release
                Notes before starting the installation as they may contain
                information which applies to installation.

              2 Read Chapter 1 which describes the tasks you must do
                before installing ALL-IN-1.

              3 Read the chapter corresponding to the type of installation
                you are going to perform, (see Chapters 3 to 12).
                The chapter lists the steps required to perform the
                installation.

              4 Carry out the steps required for the type of installation
                you are going to perform. These steps are described in
                Chapter 13.

                                                                        xv

 






              5 Read Chapter 14 which describes the tasks required to
                set up ALL-IN-1 so that the usual management and mail
                management tasks can be performed (for example, creating
                user accounts) to allow your users to use ALL-IN-1.


          Books in the Management Documentation Set

             The following documents make up the ALL-IN-1 Management
             documentation set:

              o ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation

                This part describes the steps required to install ALL-IN-1
                and contains information specific to the base component.
                Although it is a large book, you need only refer to the
                chapters relating to the type of installation that you are
                going to perform.

              o ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation

                This part contains information specific to the language
                that you are installing; a version is supplied with each
                language component. Refer to this part as indicated in the
                ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation.

              o ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation

                This part contains information specific to your market
                component. Refer to this part as indicated in the ALL-IN-1
                Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation. Note that
                this document may not exist for all market components.

              o ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language

                This part contains information about problems in the
                ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 international base component and
                about problems that are specific to the language component
                that you install. Where possible, workarounds to the
                problems are also described.

              o ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 2 Market

          xvi

 






                This part contains information about problems that are
                specific to the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 market component.
                Note that this document may not exist for all market
                components.

              o Differences Between ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 and ALL-IN-1
                Version 2.4

                This document introduces the new and changed functional-
                ity, and describes the problems that have been fixed, in
                ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. In addition, there are answers to
                some common questions about the new version, and details
                of packaging, software requirements, and changes to the
                documentation.

              o ALL-IN-1 Management Guide

                This guide describes the tasks for setting up and managing
                an ALL-IN-1 system, so that it operates efficiently. The
                guide also explains how to improve performance, how to
                incorporate customizations, and how the ALL-IN-1 files are
                organized within VMS.

              o ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide

                This guide describes how to manage an ALL-IN-1 mail
                system. The major management concern is to ensure that
                all messages sent to and from local ALL-IN-1 users are
                delivered.

              o ALL-IN-1 Administration Guide

                This guide describes the ALL-IN-1 administration tasks,
                which include maintaining ALL-IN-1 on a day-to-day basis
                and supporting users. The administration tasks are defined
                by the ALL-IN-1 manager, and are available from the
                Administration menu.

              o ALL-IN-1 Modifying Printer Tables

                This guide describes the use of printer tables, and
                teaches you how to use the printer table utility to
                customize existing printer tables to meet your needs.

                                                                      xvii

 






          Related Books

             In addition to the ALL-IN-1 Management documentation set,
             your ALL-IN-1 kit contains a user documentation set and a
             programming documentation set.

             The user documentation set contains:

                ALL-IN-1 Getting Started
                ALL-IN-1 Quick Lookup
                ALL-IN-1 User's Reference
                ALL-IN-1 User Changes
                ALL-IN-1 Keyboard Reference Cards
                ALL-IN-1 Keyboard Diagram Cards
                WPS-PLUS Quick Lookup
                WPS-PLUS Editor Functions
                WPS-PLUS List and Sort Processing

             The programming documentation set contains:

                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: Getting Started
                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: Guide
                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: Mini-Reference
                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: Reference Volume 1
                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: Reference Volume 2
                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: User Interface Standards
                ALL-IN-1 Application Programming: Index
                WPS-PLUS Accessing External Applications

             You may also need to refer to the documentation on the
             following products:

              o VAX FMS Version 2.4

              o ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing

              o ALL-IN-1 Voice Messaging Support Version 1.0

              o VAX Message Router Version 3.1

              o VAX Datatrieve Version 5.0

              o VAX Application Control and Management System Version 3.1

          xviii

 






              o VAX DECpage Version 3.1

              o DECtalk Mail Access Version 1.1

              o VAX VTX Version 4.0

              o VAX TEAMDATA Version 1.3

              o VAX RALLY Version 2.0

              o DECdx/VMS Version 1.1

             You may need to refer to the VMS books for the version of VMS
             running on your system.

          Document Structure

             ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation

             This part describes the installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

             Chapter 1   Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to complete
                         before beginning the installation, including how
                         to prepare the system if you want to integrate
                         ALL-IN-1 with optional software products.

             Chapter 2   Accessing the Online Release Notes

                         This chapter describes how to access and print
                         the online Release Notes

             Chapter 3   Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         install a new ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system.



                                                                       xix

 







             Chapter 4   Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         install additional languages for ALL-IN-1 Version
                         2.4.

             Chapter 5   Upgrading Your ALL-IN-1 V2.3 System to ALL-IN-1
                         V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         upgrade from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 to ALL-IN-1
                         Version 2.4.

             Chapter 6   Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Additional Languages to
                         ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Additional Languages

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         upgrade ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 additional languages
                         to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional languages.

             Chapter 7   Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1
                         V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         upgrade from ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 to
                         ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

             Chapter 8   Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Additional
                         Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Additional Languages

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         upgrade ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 additional
                         languages to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional
                         languages.





          xx

 







             Chapter 9   Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         update ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 to ALL-IN-1
                         Version 2.4.

             Chapter 10  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Additional
                         Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Additional Languages

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         update ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 additional
                         languages to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 languages.

             Chapter 11  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

                         This chapter describes the steps to perform to
                         update your existing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system.
                         You can update your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system
                         if you decide to change the configuration, or an
                         ALL-IN-1 component is revised by Digital.

             Chapter 13  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                         This chapter contains a complete list of the
                         steps required for installing ALL-IN-1 Version
                         2.4.

             Chapter 14  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                         This chapter describes the tasks to complete so
                         that ALL-IN-1 can be run by users.

             Appendix A  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media






                                                                       xxi

 







                         This appendix lists the files contained on the
                         distribution media.

             Appendix B  Sample Installation

                         This appendix contains computer listings of a
                         new ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 installation, an upgrade
                         installation from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3, and an
                         additional language installation.

             Appendix C  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

                         This appendix lists the directories, and the
                         files in each directory, of an installed ALL-IN-1
                         Version 2.4 system.

             Appendix D  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                         This appendix describes how to change the
                         configuration of an installed ALL-IN-1 Version
                         2.4 system.

             ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation

             This part contains language-specific information, for the
             language you are installing. There is a version of this part
             for each language supported by ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. Your
             ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kit contains a version of this part for
             each language included with the kit.

             ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation

             This part contains market-specific information, where a
             market may be specific to a single country. Your ALL-IN-1
             Version 2.4 kit contains the version specific to your market.




          xxii

 






          Conventions

             The following conventions are used throughout this document:

             Messages    Indicates prompts and messages from the computer.

             Red Print   Indicates entries you make at the terminal.

             lowercase   Lowercase text in an ALL-IN-1 function call, or
                         in a DCL command or command procedure, indicates
                         that you substitute a valid expression in that
                         place.

             []          Brackets in an ALL-IN-1 function, or in a
                         DCL command or command procedure, indicate an
                         optional entry, or a DCL directory specification.

             . . .       Horizontal ellipses indicate that additional data
                         or text can be entered.

             .           Vertical ellipses indicate that the example can
             .           or does contain more data or text than is shown.
             .

             1           Marks the order of the steps to complete a
             2           procedure.
             3

             a.          Marks steps within a major step in a procedure.
             b.
             c.

             Press       Indicates that you make one keystroke with
                         an editing or command key. For example, press
                         RETURN.





                                                                     xxiii

 







             Enter       Means type a command or response, or type
                         information into a menu or form, and then press a
                         terminator key such as RETURN.

             UPPERCASE   Indicates keyboard keys and GOLD functions.

             < >         Indicates a display that is variable.

             CTRL/z      Indicates that you hold down the CTRL key while
                         pressing the other key (z).

             GOLD x      Means press the GOLD key, labeled PF1 on some
                         keyboards, then press the key for the function.
                         For example, GOLD TOP.

             STEP n      Indicates step n of the ALL-IN-1 installation
                         procedure.

             step n      Indicates step n of a pre-installation or post-
                         installation task.

             ALL-IN-1    Means ALL-IN-1[TM] office automation system

             DECnet      Means DECnet[TM] software

             Message     Means Message Router[TM] software
             Router

             WPS-PLUS    Means WPS-PLUS[TM] software










          xxiv

 

















                                                                              1
               ________________________________________________________________

                                             Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  You install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 using VMSINSTAL, from the
                  SYSTEM account. VMSINSTAL is a command procedure used to
                  install optional software products on the VMS operating
                  system.

                   o You can install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 if you are not
                     currently running ALL-IN-1, or you can upgrade your
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. You
                     must also upgrade your languages to the corresponding
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 languages.

                   o You can also install additional languages, or update the
                     language(s) currently being used by your ALL-IN-1 Version
                     2.4 system.

                   o If you are currently running ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0,
                     you can upgrade to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 (see Chapter 7).
                     You must also upgrade your languages to the corresponding
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 languages.

                   o If you are currently running ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4,
                     you can update to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 (see Chapter 9).












                                        Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-1

 











                   o If you decide to change the configuration of your existing
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system, or an ALL-IN-1 component is
                     revised by Digital, you can update your ALL-IN-1 Version
                     2.4 system.

                   o If you are currently using WPS-PLUS/VMS, and you do not
                     have a previous version of ALL-IN-1, you can install
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 and optionally convert your
                     WPS-PLUS/VMS users to ALL-IN-1. See Section 14.20 for
                     details.

                   o If you are currently running ALL-IN-1 Version 2.2,
                     ALL-IN-1/BEV Version 2.1 or ALL-IN-1 Version 2.1, you must
                     first upgrade to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 and then upgrade
                     to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 as described later. Note that
                     you must read the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 Release Notes and
                     ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide before installing ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4.

                   o For certain changes to your existing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                     system you need not perform an update installation (for
                     example, if you want to reconfigure ALL-IN-1 to use VAX
                     DATATRIEVE). These changes are described in Appendix D.

                  To prepare for installation:

                   1 Check that the distribution kit is complete and correct
                     according to the bill of materials included with the kit.
                     See Section 1.1.

                   2 Make sure that your system has the prerequisite software.
                     See Section 1.4.

                   3 Determine what other products you need to install before
                     installing ALL-IN-1. See Section 1.5.

                   4 If you are intending to install ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster,
                     see Section 1.6.

                   5 If you are intending to install additional languages, see
                     Section 1.7.

                   6 Set up your system so that it is ready for the installa-
                     tion. See Section 1.8.

                   7 Complete the checklist of information appropriate to
                     the type of installation you are going to perform. See
                     Section 1.8.20.

               1-2  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   8 If you are unfamiliar with ALL-IN-1, see the first
                     chapter of the ALL-IN-1 User's Reference before starting
                     installation.

                  Table 1-1 indicates the sections that you need to refer to in
                  this chapter for the type of installation that you are going
                  to perform.

                  Table 1-1    Section Reference Chart

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  Installation                       Sections
                  Type             ____________________________________________
                  _________________1.1__1.2__1.3__1.4__1.5__1.6__1.7__1.8______

                  New ALL-IN-1      *    *    *    *    *    *         *
                  V2.4 installa-
                  tion

                  New additional    *    *    *    *         *    *    *
                  language
                  installation

                  Upgrade from      *    *    *    *    *    *         *
                  ALL-IN-1 V2.3

                  Upgrade of an     *    *    *    *         *    *    *
                  ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                  language

                  Upgrade from      *    *    *    *    *    *         *
                  ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER V1.0

                  Upgrade of        *    *    *    *         *    *    *
                  an ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER V1.0
                  language

                  Update from       *    *    *    *    *    *         *
                  ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section

                                                       (continued on next page)

                                        Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-3

 











                  Table 1-1 (Cont.)    Section Reference Chart

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  Installation                       Sections
                  Type             ____________________________________________
                  _________________1.1__1.2__1.3__1.4__1.5__1.6__1.7__1.8______

                  Update of         *    *    *    *         *    *    *
                  an ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER V2.4
                  language

                  Update of         *    *    *    *    *    *         *
                  ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  Update of an      *    *    *    *         *    *    *
                  additional
                  language
                  _____________________________________________________________
                  *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
                  _____________________________________________________________

               1.1   Examining the Distribution Kit

                  To make sure that you have a complete kit, check the contents
                  of the kit against the bill of materials.

                  If your kit is damaged or if you find that parts of it are
                  missing, contact your Digital representative.

                  1.1.1  Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits

                  All full ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kits (that is, as opposed to an
                  additional language kit) should contain:

                   o Three magnetic tapes or TK50 cartridges containing all
                     the files listed in Appendix A of this book, the ALL-IN-1
                     Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation and the
                     ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation.
                     The VAX FMS Version 2.4 software is also contained on the
                     tape or TK50 cartridge labeled:

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 BASE BIN media_type
                     INTERNATIONAL BASE
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     media_type is 16MT9 for tape or TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.

               1-4  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o One magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Message
                     Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 kit. The kit contains
                     Message Router Version 3.1 and Message Router VMSmail
                     Gateway Version 3.1.

                   o One magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Release
                     Notes Part 1 Language, for the language component supplied
                     with your kit.

                   o One magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Release
                     Notes Part 2 Market, for the market component supplied
                     with your kit. (This document may not exist for all market
                     components.)

                   o A Software Product Description (SPD).

                   o A System Support Addendum.

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation
                     (this book)

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                     Installation, for the language component supplied with
                     your kit.

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation,
                     for the market component supplied with your kit.

                  If you are installing an additional language you should have:

                   o A magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the files
                     for the language that you are installing (see Appendix A
                     of the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                     Installation)

                   o A magnetic tape or TK50 cartridge containing the Release
                     Notes Part 1 Language, for the additional language

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                     Installation, for the additional language

                  1.1.2  Compact Disk Consolidated Software Distribution Kits

                  All full ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kits (that is, as opposed to an
                  additional language kit) should contain one compact disk (CD)
                  containing all the files listed in Appendix A of this book.

                  The CD also contains VAX FMS Version 2.4, and Message Router
                  VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 which contains Message Router
                  Version 3.1 and Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1.

                                        Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-5

 











                  The following documentation (in ASCII text format) is also
                  included on the CD:

                   o A Read Me First

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 1 Base Installation
                     (this book)

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                     Installation, for the language component supplied with
                     your kit.

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation,
                     for the market component supplied with your kit.

                   o A Software Product Description (SPD)

                   o A System Support Addendum (SSA)

                   o A Software Warranty Addendum (SWA)

                  If you are installing an additional language you should
                  have a CD containing the files for the language that you
                  are installing (see Appendix A of the ALL-IN-1 Installation
                  Guide Part 2 Language Installation).

                  The CD also includes (in ASCII text format):

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                     Installation, for the additional language

               1.2   VMS License Management Facility

                  The VMS License Management Facility (LMF) is available
                  with Version 5.1 of the VMS operating system. If you are
                  installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 on a VMS V5.1 (or higher)
                  system, you must register your software license.

                  The license registration information you need is contained in
                  the Product Authorization Key (PAK) that comes with ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. The PAK is a paper certificate that contains
                  information about the license you must have in order to run a
                  particular piece of software.

                  You must register your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 license before
                  you perform the installation. During the installation, you
                  are asked if you have registered the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  license and loaded the appropriate authorization key.

               1-6  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  To register a license under VMS V5.1, first log in to the
                  system manager's account, SYSTEM. You then have a choice of
                  two ways to perform the registration:

                   o Invoke the SYS$UPDATE:VMSLICENSE.COM procedure. When it
                     prompts you for information, respond with data from your
                     Product Authorization Key (PAK).

                   o Issue the DCL command, LICENSE REGISTER, together with the
                     appropriate qualifiers that correspond to information on
                     the PAK.

                  For complete information on using LMF, see the manual on the
                  License Management Utility in the VMS V5.1 documentation set.

               1.3   Required Operating System Components

                  For VMS Version 5.1, or higher, systems, ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  requires that your system is running a full, untailored VMS
                  system.

               1.4   Prerequisite Software

                  The following software must be installed on your system:

                   o VMS Version 5.1, or higher

                   o VAX Forms Management System (FMS) Version 2.4.

                  Note ALL-IN-1 must have the form driver (FDVSHR) installed as
                     a known shareable image. See Section 1.4.1.

                     See the VAX FMS Installation Guide and Release Notes for
                     details of installing VAX FMS. (If you want to run the
                     sample programs supplied with VAX FMS you must have at
                     least one compiler installed on your system.)

                     Digital does not recommend the use of any earlier version
                     of FMS with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                     If you install VAX FMS from the kit supplied with ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4, you must register the license before you can
                     run FMS. FMS must be running before you install ALL-IN-1.





                                        Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-7

 











                  1.4.1  Installed Images

                  Make sure that the following shareable image and message
                  files are installed on your system before installing
                  ALL-IN-1:

                   o SYS$MESSAGE:FDVMSG.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:CONVSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:FDLSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:FDVSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:LBRSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:MTHRTL.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:NMLSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:PASRTL.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:SCNRTL.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:SCRSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:VMSRTL.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:VAXCRTL.EXE

                  To check whether or not these images are installed on your
                  system, enter the following:

                    $ INSTALL
                    INSTALL> LIST image

                  image is the image to be checked. For example,
                  SYS$SHARE:CONVSHR.

                  If the Install Utility cannot find an entry for an image,
                  install the image as follows:

                    INSTALL> CREATE image /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

               Note If the images FDVMSG.EXE and FDVSHR.EXE are not installed,
                  edit the command procedure SYS$MANAGER:FMSTARTUP.COM, remove
                  the EXIT command before the entry RUN SYS$SYSTEM:INSTALL, and
                  then execute the command procedure.

               1-8  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If there is an entry for the image, check that the display
                  shows the following information:

                    imagename.EXE       Open Hdr Shar

                  imagename is the name of the image. For example, CONVSHR.

                  If the display does not show this information, change the way
                  that the image is installed as follows:

                    INSTALL> REPLACE image /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

                  For details of installing shareable image files, see the VMS
                  manual describing the Install Utility.

                  Note that the following images are temporarily installed
                  during the installation of ALL-IN-1:

                   o If you integrated WPS-PLUS:

                      - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLCOM.EXE

                      - SYS$SHARE:LNGOSENVR.EXE

                      - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLMSG.EXE

                      - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLlang.EXE, for all languages with
                        DECspell support (see the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide
                        Part 2 Language Installation)

                      - SYS$SHARE:LNGSPLSHR.EXE

                   o If standalone DECspell is installed on your system:

                      - SYS$SYSTEM:LNGSPLCOR.EXE

                      - SYS$SYSTEM:LNGSPLNDX.EXE

                      - SYS$SYSTEM:LNGSPLFOR.EXE

                  The ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure A1V24START.COM
                  installs all these as known images at system startup. This
                  command procedure is in SYS$MANAGER.




                                        Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-9

 











               1.5   Optional Software Products

                  The following products can be purchased separately and
                  integrated with ALL-IN-1:

                   o VAX DATATRIEVE Version 5.0 or higher. See Section 1.5.2.

                     Digital does not recommend the use of any earlier version
                     of VAX DATATRIEVE with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                   o VAX Application Control and Management System (ACMS)
                     Version 3.1 or higher. See Section 1.5.4

                     Digital does not recommend the use of any earlier version
                     of ACMS with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  Message Router Version 3.1 is supplied with ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 (see Section 1.5.3). If you want to use Mail directory
                  addressing you must install Message Router Version 3.1 on the
                  same node as ALL-IN-1. Digital does not recommend the use of
                  any earlier version of Message Router with ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4.

                  Message Router VMSmail Gateway (MRGATE) Version 3.1 is
                  supplied with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 (see Section 1.5.3).
                  If you want to install Message Router on the same node as
                  ALL-IN-1, Digital does not recommend the use of any earlier
                  version of MRGATE with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

               Note If you install Message Router and Message Router VMSmail
                  Gateway from the kit supplied with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, you
                  must register the licenses for both products before you can
                  run them. Message Router and, if installed, Message Router
                  VMSmail Gateway must be running before you install ALL-IN-1.

                  If you want to use any of these products with ALL-IN-1, see
                  the order of installation listed in Section 1.5.6.

                  In addition, the following products can be integrated with
                  ALL-IN-1:

                   o ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing

                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing is an option
                     that you install separately. ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group
                     Conferencing provides an interface, from within ALL-IN-1,
                     to VAX Notes conferences.

               1-10  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o VAX DECpage Version 3.1

                     DECpage is an ALL-IN-1 option that you install separately.
                     When VAX DECpage Version 3.1 is installed after ALL-IN-1,
                     it is accessible from the Word and Document Processing
                     (WP) menu within ALL-IN-1. It is not necessary to link the
                     VAX DECpage software to ALL-IN-1.

                   o VAX VTX Version 4.0

                     VTX is an ALL-IN-1 option that you install separately.
                     When VAX VTX Version 3.1 is installed after ALL-IN-1,
                     it is accessible from the Information Management (IM)
                     menu within ALL-IN-1. It is not necessary to link VAX VTX
                     software to ALL-IN-1.

                   o VAX TEAMDATA Version 1.3

                   o VAX RALLY Version 2.0

                   o Language and Specialized Lexicons. See the ALL-IN-1
                     Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation for the
                     language and specialized lexicons supported. (The language
                     and specialized lexicons are only available for certain
                     languages.)

                   o DECtalk Mail Access Version 1.1.

                   o DECdx/VMS Version 1.1

                     DECdx/VMS is required only to allow users to transfer
                     DX documents between Digital's mainframe computers (in
                     conjunction with DECdx/RSTS, DECdx/RSX and DECdx/TOPS-20)

                  DECnet/VAX Version 5.1 can be purchased separately. If you
                  want to exchange mail with other systems and use the Time
                  Management scan option you must install DECnet/VAX Version
                  5.1 on your system.

                  If you are upgrading to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, and you are
                  currently running any ALL-IN-1 layered products, you may need
                  to prepare the layered product(s) before you install ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 (see your layered product documentation).





                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-11

 











                  1.5.1  Initial DDIF Support

                  ALL-IN-1 provides users with the ability to manipulate
                  Digital Document Interchange Format (DDIF) documents, for
                  example, documents produced by DECwrite. You can:

                   o Send or forward DDIF documents by mail as attachments
                     between ALL-IN-1 users on the same or remote nodes

                   o You can store the DDIF documents directly in the ALL-IN-1
                     File Cabinet and read them (display on the screen) using
                     the Word and document processing Read (WP R) option.

                     When in the ALL-IN-1 File Cabinet you can manipulate
                     the DDIF documents using any of the File Cabinet (FC)
                     functions such as Delete and Archive.

                   o Edit DDIF documents by using either the EDT or WPS-PLUS
                     editors

                   o Print DDIF documents either on PostScript capable printers
                     or on ASCII printers

                     Export DDIF documents from the ALL-IN-1 File Cabinet to
                     VMS where they reside as VMS files

                   o Convert DDIF documents to ASCII, DX, WPS-PLUS, or
                     Alternate Format Syntax (AFS)

                   o Create DDIF documents by converting documents in ASCII,
                     DX, WPS-PLUS, or AFS to DDIF

                  The following software must be installed, before you can use
                  DDIF with ALL-IN-1.

                   o DECwindows Version 1.0, or higher

                     The installation checks to see if the logical name
                     CDA$LIBRARY is defined.

                   o Compound Document Architecture Converter Library Version
                     1.0

                     The installation checks to see if the following files are
                     present:

                      - DDIF$READ_DX.EXE

                      - DDIF$READ_DFX.EXE

                      - DDIF$WRITE_AFS.EXE

               1-12  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  The files for DDIF support are installed during the
                  installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. However, your users
                  will be unable to convert DDIF documents to ALL-IN-1 until
                  the prerequisite software is installed.

                  1.5.2  Integrating VAX DATATRIEVE with ALL-IN-1

                  If you integrate VAX DATATRIEVE Version 5.0 with ALL-IN-1,
                  you can use the ALL-IN-1 DTR function to make VAX DATATRIEVE
                  applications available from ALL-IN-1. See ALL-IN-1 Application
                  Programming: Reference Volume 2 for details.

                  The ALL-IN-1 installation procedure asks if you want to
                  integrate VAX DATATRIEVE with ALL-IN-1.

                  You must install the following images before you install
                  ALL-IN-1 if you want ALL-IN-1 to integrate with VAX
                  DATATRIEVE:

                   o SYS$SHARE:DTRSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:CDDSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$MESSAGE:CDDEXC.EXE

                   o SYS$MESSAGE:DTRMSGS.EXE

                  If these images are not installed, ALL-IN-1 cannot link with
                  the VAX DATATRIEVE software.

                  In addition, if you are integrating with VAX DATATRIEVE
                  software, and if VAX DATATRIEVE links against any of
                  the images in the following list (see the VAX Datatrieve
                  Installation Guide), you must install them before installing
                  ALL-IN-1:

                   o SYS$MESSAGE:DBMMSG.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:RDBSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:RDMSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:SORTSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:EDTSHR.EXE

                   o SYS$SHARE:SECURESHR.EXE

                   o SYS$MESSAGE:RDBBMSGS.EXE

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-13

 











                   o SYS$MESSAGE:RDBMSGS.EXE

                   o SYS$MESSAGE:SHRIMGMSG.EXE

                  Also, all the SYS$SHARE:*RTL.EXE images must be installed.
                  If you are not sure whether or not any of these images are
                  installed on your system, enter the following commands from
                  the VMS system manager's account:

                    $ INSTALL
                    INSTALL> LIST image

                  image is the image to be checked, for example,
                  SYS$SHARE:DBMSHR.

                  If the Install utility cannot find an entry for an image,
                  install the image as follows:

                    INSTALL> CREATE image /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

                  If there is an entry for the image, check that the display
                  shows the following information:

                    imagename.EXE       Open  Hdr  Shar

                  imagename is the name of the image, for example, DBMSHR.

                  If the display does not show this information, change the way
                  that the image is installed as follows:

                    INSTALL> REPLACE image /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

                  For details of installing shareable image files, see the VMS
                  manual describing the Install Utility.

                  1.5.3  Integrating Message Router and the Message Router
                  VMSmail Gateway with ALL-IN-1

                  The ALL-IN-1 installation procedure asks if you want to send
                  and receive remote mail.

                   o Install and configure Message Router before you install
                     ALL-IN-1, if you want to send and receive remote mail

                   o Install and configure Message Router and the Message
                     Router VMSmail Gateway before you install ALL-IN-1, if
                     you want to send mail to VMSmail users, either on the
                     local system or remotely

               1-14  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o If you want to install Message Router on the local system
                     (that is, the system on which you are installing ALL-IN-1)
                     then you must install Message Router Version 3.1. The
                     Message Router on the local system is referred to as a
                     local Message Router. Both Message Router Version 3.1
                     and the Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1 are
                     provided in the ALL-IN-1 kit.

                   o If you want to use the Message Router Directory Service
                     (referred to as the Mail directory), you must install
                     Message Router Version 3.1 on the local system before you
                     install ALL-IN-1.

                   o If you already have Message Router Version 3.1 installed
                     on your system, make sure that it is configured before you
                     install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                   o If ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is already installed, and you want
                     to install Message Router on the local system, you must
                     install and configure Message Router Version 3.1 and then
                     perform an update installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  You can also integrate ALL-IN-1 with Message Router on a
                  remote system (that is, a system other than the one on which
                  you are installing ALL-IN-1). See Section 14.9 for more
                  information. You may want to do this if you do not have
                  enough space on your own system to install Message Router.
                  However, the Mail directory is not available when Message
                  Router is remote, so you cannot use Mail directory addressing
                  (see Section 1.5.3.1). The Message Router on the remote
                  system is referred to as a remote Message Router.

                  When you install Message Router the exception reporting
                  routines for the ALL-IN-1 Electronic Messaging subsystem
                  are installed. If you want to run the exception reporting
                  routines, you must configure exception reporting for the
                  ALL-IN-1 Electronic Messaging subsystem.

                  See Section 1.6 for information on using ALL-IN-1 and Message
                  Router on VAXcluster systems.

                  For more information on installing and using Message Router
                  and Message Router VMSmail Gateway, refer to the Message
                  Router and Message Router VMSmail Gateway books, and the
                  ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide.

                  Before you install ALL-IN-1, read the chapter on planning in
                  the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide, to decide how to set up
                  the mail system.

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-15

 











                  1.5.3.1  The Mail Directory and the ALL-IN-1 Directory

                  The Mail directory and the ALL-IN-1 directory are directories
                  of users in the network. These directories hold the names and
                  electronic mail addresses of users in the network.

                  The Mail directory is provided by the Directory Service
                  component of Message Router.

                  Before deciding whether or not to use the Mail directory, see
                  the Planning chapter in the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide.

                  1.5.4  Integrating ACMS with ALL-IN-1

                  ACMS is a software tool that makes online applications easier
                  to develop. If you want to integrate ACMS with ALL-IN-1, you
                  must install the file ACMSHR.EXE. If you are not sure whether
                  ACMSHR.EXE is installed on your system, enter the following
                  commands from the VMS system manager's account:

                    $ INSTALL
                    INSTALL> LIST SYS$SHARE:ACMSHR

                  If the Install utility cannot find an entry for ACMSHR.EXE,
                  install it as follows:

                    INSTALL> CREATE SYS$SHARE:ACMSHR /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

                  If there is an entry for ACMSHR.EXE, check that the display
                  shows the following information:

                    ACMSHR.EXE       Open  Hdr  Shar

                  If the display does not show this information, change the way
                  that ACMSHR.EXE is installed as follows:

                    INSTALL> REPLACE SYS$SHARE:ACMSHR /OPEN /SHARED /HEADER_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

                  1.5.5  Integrating WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1

                  You can integrate WPS-PLUS Version 3.1 when you install
                  ALL-IN-1. An installation question asks whether you want
                  to integrate WPS-PLUS. If you choose to integrate WPS-PLUS
                  it is fully integrated with ALL-IN-1 and is available as
                  the default editor. You do not need additional software to
                  integrate WPS-PLUS, as everything required is provided in the
                  ALL-IN-1 kit. After installation there are a number of tasks
                  you must perform before users can use WPS-PLUS, for example,

               1-16  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  setting terminal and queue characteristics (see Section 14.13
                  and the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details).

                  If WPS-PLUS/VMS already exists on your system, you can still
                  integrate and use WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 (see Section 14.20
                  for details).

                  If you integrate WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1, you may be able
                  to use various spell-checking lexicons. See the ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation for the
                  spell-checking lexicon that is supplied with your kit, and
                  for any other optional products.

               Note Lexicons are only available for certain language versions
                  of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  1.5.6  Installation Order

                  The following installation order is recommended:

                   1 Register the licenses for VAX FMS Version 2.4, Message
                     Router Version 3.1, Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version
                     3.1, CDA Converter Library Version 1.0 and VAX Notes
                     Version 2.0.

                   2 Install VAX FMS Version 2.4, if it is not already
                     installed on your system.

                   3 Install ACMS Version 3.1, or higher, if you want to
                     incorporate it with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                   4 Install VAX DATATRIEVE Version 5.0, or higher, if you want
                     to incorporate it with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                   5 Install Message Router Version 3.1, if you want to send
                     and receive messages to and from other systems, or you
                     want to use Mail directory addressing, or you want to send
                     mail to VMSmail users, either on the local system or to
                     remote systems.

                   6 Configure Message Router Version 3.1, if it is installed
                     and not yet configured.

                   7 Install Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1, if you
                     want to send mail to VMSmail users, either on the local
                     system or remotely.

                   8 Configure Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1, if
                     it is installed and not yet configured.

                   9 Install CDA Converter Library Version 1.0.

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-17

 











                   10Install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                   11Configure exception reporting routines for ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4 Electronic Messaging subsystem.

                   12Install VAX Notes Version 2.0.

                   13Install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing.

               Note WPS-PLUS is supplied with ALL-IN-1. If you choose to
                  integrate WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1, it is available as the
                  default editor in ALL-IN-1.

                  1.5.7  Keeping a Record of the Installation

                  When you install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, Digital recommends
                  that you use a hard-copy terminal, so that you have a
                  permanent record of the installation. Alternatively, you
                  can keep a record of the installation in a log file if you
                  enter the command:

                  $ SET HOST /LOG=filename 0

                  where filename is the name of the log file. For example, you
                  might use
                  ALLIN1_INSTALL.LOG. The default is SETHOST.LOG, if filename
                  is omitted. The log file is created in the directory where
                  you entered the command. For example, if you enter the
                  command in the directory
                  SYS$SYSDEVICE:[SYSTEM.FRED] then this directory will contain
                  the log file. To use the SET HOST command, DECnet must be
                  running on your system. Make a note of the directory where
                  you entered the SET HOST command.

                  If you decide to keep a record of the installation in a log
                  file, you need to allow at least 200 blocks, in addition to
                  the space required for ALL-IN-1 (see Section 1.8.16).

                  If you have a VAXcluster system, and you are running the
                  VAXcluster Console System (VCS), you can use this to record
                  the installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. This does not
                  require DECnet to be running, does not use any disk space on
                  the system where the installation is performed, and does not
                  echo any passwords that you enter during the installation.
                  See the manual for the VAXcluster Console System.



               1-18  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               1.6   Installing ALL-IN-1 on VAXcluster Systems

                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 can be installed on a common-environment
                  cluster, a multiple-environment cluster or Local Area
                  VAXcluster.

                  1.6.1  Installing ALL-IN-1 on a Common-Environment Cluster

                  In a common-environment cluster, the operating environment is
                  identical on each member node, because the nodes are run from
                  the same system files. The nodes are set up with identical
                  user accounts, the same known images (such as the ALL-IN-1
                  image) are installed, the same logical names are defined, and
                  mass storage devices and queues are shared. In effect, users
                  in a common-environment cluster can log in to any node and
                  work in the same operating environment. For example, ALL-IN-1
                  will be installed on one node only, but will be available to
                  users on all nodes.

                  1.6.1.1  Running ALL-IN-1 on a Common-Environment Cluster

                  When running ALL-IN-1 on a common-environment cluster:

                   o You must run the ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure,
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM, on all nodes in the cluster on
                     which you want to run ALL-IN-1. (See Section 14.6 of this
                     guide.)

                  Note ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 does not support rolling upgrades;
                     that is, mixed VMS Version 4.7 and Version 5.0 clusters.
                     All nodes in the cluster must be running VMS Version 5.1,
                     or higher, before you install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                   o You can spread the ALL-IN-1 areas around your VAXcluster
                     disks, just as you would for a single-node system (see
                     Section 1.8.16).

                   o You must check the VMS system parameters, as described in
                     Section 1.8, on each node in the VAXcluster on which you
                     are going to run ALL-IN-1.

                   o The housekeeping procedure which creates new shared
                     directories has to define new system logical names on
                     each node in a VAXcluster. You must ensure that the new
                     names are defined on every node in the cluster for which
                     the new shared directories will be created. Use the Manage
                     node specific batch queues (MNQ) option on the Manage Mail
                     Areas menu to do this. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide
                     for details.

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-19

 











                   o The default value of the logical name OA$PRIMARY_NODE
                     is set by A1V24START.COM after the installation has
                     completed, as follows:

                      - If you are using a remote Message Router,
                        OA$PRIMARY_NODE is set to the name of the node on which
                        the Message Router is resident.

                      - If you are installing ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster, and
                        cluster aliasing is enabled, OA$PRIMARY_NODE is set to
                        the cluster alias.

                      - If you are using a local Message Router and cluster
                        aliasing is not enabled, OA$PRIMARY_NODE is the name of
                        the node on which the Message Router is resident.

                     The node name represented by this logical name is used
                     in ALL-IN-1 directory addressing as the node name for
                     all users on the cluster. It is also used by Electronic
                     Messaging in the return address for all mail sent to other
                     computer systems via Message Router.

                  For further information about clusters, see the VMS
                  VAXcluster documentation.

                  1.6.2  Installing ALL-IN-1 on a Multiple-Environment Cluster

                  In a multiple-environment cluster, the environment varies
                  from node to node, and users can work in environments that
                  are specific to the node that they are logged in to. A
                  multiple-environment cluster is effective when you want to
                  share data among member nodes, but when you want certain
                  nodes to serve specialized needs. A multiple-environment
                  cluster can be considered as having different parts, each
                  part providing a different environment.

                  For example, you might want to set up a three-node cluster
                  in which ALL-IN-1 can be used on two nodes, while the third
                  node is set up exclusively for batch processing of large
                  inventory jobs. In this case, the nodes from which ALL-IN-1
                  is available are set up with a common environment, sharing
                  users, queues, and access to mass storage devices, while the
                  the third node runs in its own restricted environment and
                  ALL-IN-1 is unavailable. However, you must run the ALL-IN-1
                  startup command procedure, SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM, on
                  all the nodes in the part of the cluster with the common
                  environment.

               1-20  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Another configuration might have four nodes split into two
                  parts (two nodes in each part), with both parts providing
                  distinct common environments. If you want to run ALL-IN-1
                  on all four nodes, you must install ALL-IN-1 in each part.
                  However, the ALL-IN-1 system on one part is available only to
                  users logged in to that part of the cluster. The two ALL-IN-1
                  systems are managed separately.

                  1.6.2.1  Running ALL-IN-1 on a Multiple-Environment Cluster

                  When running ALL-IN-1 on a multiple-environment cluster:

                   o You must check the VMS system parameters, as described in
                     Section 1.8, on each node in the part of the cluster on
                     which you are going to run ALL-IN-1.

                   o ALL-IN-1 is only available to users that are logged in to
                     the part on which ALL-IN-1 is installed. If a part of the
                     cluster does not have ALL-IN-1 installed, users logged in
                     to a node in that part of the cluster cannot use ALL-IN-1.
                     Therefore, users (including batch jobs) of an ALL-IN-1
                     system must make sure that they are running on the part of
                     the cluster containing the ALL-IN-1 system that they want
                     to use.

                     The ALL-IN-1 housekeeping procedures must be assigned to
                     a batch queue. You must use a queue specific to the part
                     of the cluster on which the ALL-IN-1 system is running. If
                     your system has a cluster-wide generic queue which points
                     to all queues in the cluster you must not use that queue.

                     The housekeeping procedure which creates new shared
                     directories has to define new system logical names on
                     each node in a VAXcluster. You must ensure that the new
                     names are defined on every node in the part of the cluster
                     containing the ALL-IN-1 system for which the new shared
                     directories will be created. Use the Manage node specific
                     batch queues (MNQ) option on the Manage Mail Areas menu to
                     do this. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details.

                   o You must install Message Router, if you want to send and
                     receive remote mail.

                     If you want to use Mail directory addressing, you must
                     install Message Router Version 3.1 on the same part of
                     the cluster on which you are going to install the ALL-IN-1
                     system. In this case, Message Router is referred to as a
                     local Message Router.

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-21

 











                  Note Mail directory addressing can only be used on certain
                     multiple-environment cluster configurations. See the
                     Message Router Installation Guide for details.

                     You can use Message Router on another part of the cluster,
                     or on another system, if you do not have enough disk space
                     on the part that you are going to install ALL-IN-1. In
                     this case, Message Router is referred to as a remote
                     Message Router. You cannot use Mail directory addressing
                     with a remote Message Router.

                  The main points to remember when running ALL-IN-1 in a
                  multiple-environment cluster are:

                   o Users must log in to the right part of the cluster to use
                     ALL-IN-1.

                   o Batch queue names should be specific to the part of the
                     cluster running ALL-IN-1.

                   o You must run A1V24START.COM on every node in the part of
                     the cluster running ALL-IN-1. This command procedure is in
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o To use the Mail directory, you must install Message Router
                     Version 3.1 in the same part as ALL-IN-1. However, the
                     Mail directory can only be used on certain multiple-
                     environment cluster configurations (see the Message Router
                     Installation Guide for details). You can use a remote
                     Message Router, but you cannot use the Mail directory.

                  For further information about clusters, see the VMS
                  VAXcluster documentation.

                  1.6.3  Installing ALL-IN-1 on a Local Area VAXcluster System

                  You can install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 on a local area
                  VAXcluster system. A local area VAXcluster system consists of
                  a boot node (a VAX system or MicroVAX system containing all
                  the disks from which ALL-IN-1 is run) connected by Ethernet
                  to a number of satellite nodes, usually MicroVAX systems.

                  If you are using a local area VAXcluster system, Digital
                  recommends that you install ALL-IN-1 on the boot node.
                  This node is likely to be the only node where disk space
                  is available to run ALL-IN-1. The satellite nodes are for the
                  individual work groups only, and they use the boot node to
                  access ALL-IN-1 files.

               1-22  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  You must check the VMS system parameters as described in
                  Section 1.8, on each node in the local area VAXcluster system
                  on which you are going to run ALL-IN-1.

               Note If you intend to install ALL-IN-1 on a local area
                  VAXcluster system, Digital recommends that you contact your
                  local Software Services representative.

               1.7   Installing Additional Languages

                  Your basic ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kit is supplied with a
                  specific language component for your market. You can use
                  other languages with your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system, in
                  addition to the one supplied with your kit. If you want
                  to install additional languages, you must have specified
                  that you wanted to build a multi-language system when you
                  installed the original language. See the System Support
                  Addendum for a list of the languages supported by your
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system.

                  If, during the installation of the original language, you
                  answered NO to the prompt Do you want to build a multi-
                  language system?, you must re-link ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 and
                  answer YES to this prompt. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide
                  for details on linking the ALL-IN-1 image.

                  You can install the languages (if available), including
                  the one supplied with your kit, in any order. However, the
                  language that you install when the main ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 kit is installed is the default language. That is, it is
                  the language indicated in the language field of the user's
                  account details, and is used by ALL-IN-1 if you do not use
                  the /LANGUAGE qualifier (see Section 14.6) when logging in to
                  ALL-IN-1. You install other laguages separately by performing
                  an additional language installation (see Chapter 4). These
                  languages are additional to the default language.

                  See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                  Installation of the language you want to install for:

                   o The language name used for language-specific file,
                     directory, and logical names.

                   o The size of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 language component.
                     You need this information to determine the disk space re-
                     quired for installing that language (see Section 1.8.16).


                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-23

 











               1.8   Preparing the System for Installation

                  To prepare your system for the installation of ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4, carry out the steps listed in Table 1-2, and
                  mark off each action as you complete it, before starting
                  the installation. You must carry out these actions from a
                  privileged SYSTEM account.

               Note

                   o Digital recommends using logical names wherever possible.
                     For example, assign logical names to your disks. The
                     logical names must not start with A1$ or OA$. For example,
                     you must not use A1$DEVICE. If your system uses logical
                     names with prefixes A1$ or OA$, other than those defined
                     by the ALL-IN-1 installation (see Appendix C), you must
                     rename them.

                   o ALL-IN-1 must not be used by any batch jobs or users
                     during the installation, or the installation will fail.
                     Therefore, you must remove the mail Sender and Fetcher
                     from the batch queue if you are going to perform an
                     upgrade installation.

                  The values for the various system parameters and quotas
                  given in Table 1-2 are those specific to ALL-IN-1 and are
                  acceptable for most systems. The ALL-IN-1 Management Guide
                  describes how to set system parameters for ALL-IN-1. Also,
                  see the VMS books for guidelines on the setting of system
                  parameters.


















               1-24  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               Table 1-2    Actions to Complete Before Installing ALL-IN-1

               ________________________________________________________________
               Step__Section__Action___________________________Completed_______

               1     1.8.3    Backup the system disk
               1     1.8.3    Backup any target disks (if
                              applicable)
               2     1.8.4    Make sure that there are no
                              active users on the system
               3     1.8.6    Register and load the licenses
                              for the prerequisite software
               4     1.8.7    Ensure that the Message Router
                              Directory Service is running
                              if you want to use the Mail
                              directory
               5     1.8.5    Move your applications to
                              ALL-IN-1 Customization
                              Management (Ug, Ud)
               6     1.8.8    Stop the OA$FORMATTER queue
                              (Ug, Ud)
               7     1.8.9    Ensure the queue manager is
                              started
               8     1.8.10   Run the mail Sender and Fetcher
                              (Ug, Ud)
               9     1.8.11   Remove the ALL-IN-1 housekeep-
                              ing jobs from the batch queue
                              (Ug, Ud)
               10    1.8.12   Check for adequate:
                                    global pages
                                    global sections
                                    global page file sections
               11    1.8.13   Check system parameter values:
                                    LOCKIDTBL        340
                                    MAXBUF           5000
                                    PIOPAGES         350
                                    PQL_DENQLM       150
                                    PQL_MENQLM       150
                                    PROCSECTCNT      45
               ________________________________________________________________
               +    The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
               the WSDEFAULT value.
               Ug   Upgrade installations
               Ud   Update installations

                                                       (continued on next page)


                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-25

 











               Table 1-2 (Cont.)    Actions to Complete Before Installing ALL-
                                    IN-1

               ________________________________________________________________
               Step__Section__Action___________________________Completed_______

                                    RESHASHTBL       85
                                    RMS_DFMBC        16
                                    RMS_DFMBFIDX     2
                                    STARTUP_P1       null
                                    TTY_TYPAHDSZ     1500
                                    VIRTUALPAGECNT   16385
               12    1.8.14   Recompute system parameters
               13    1.8.15   Check process quotas:
                                    ASTLM            100
                                    BIOLM            50
                                    BYTLM            36000
                                    DIOLM            50
                                    ENQLM            200
                                    FILLM            100
                                    JTQUOTA          1024
                                    PGFLQUOTA        20000
                                    PRCLM            10
                                    TQELM            50
                                    WSDEFAULT        600+
                                    WSEXTENT         2048
                                    WSQUOTA          800
               14    1.8.16   Check disk space
               15    1.8.17   Deinstall patches (Ug)
               16    1.8.18   Check your site-specific
                              startup procedures (Ug)
               17    1.8.19   Considerations for ALL-IN-1
                              Version 2.4 Group Conferencing
               18    1.8.20   Complete checklist
               19    1.8.21   Check the License Management
                              Utility requirements
               ________________________________________________________________
               +    The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
               the WSDEFAULT value.
               Ug   Upgrade installations
               Ud   Update installations
               ________________________________________________________________






               1-26  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  1.8.1  Time Needed to Install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4

                  The installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 can take from two to
                  five hours, depending on the configuration of your system.
                  For example, the installation will take longer on a MicroVAX
                  system than on a VAX system. This does not include the time
                  taken to install and configure Message Router and to set up
                  your system.

                  The installation of an additional language takes approxi-
                  mately 1 to 2.5 hours.

                  1.8.2  Privileges

                  Install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 from the VMS system manager's
                  account, with full privileges.

                  Note that the VMSINSTAL turns off the BYPASS privilege at the
                  start of the installation.

                  1.8.3  Back Up Your System and Target Disks

                  If possible, back up your system disk and use this backup
                  copy for installation. If you are going to install ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 on more than one disk, back up those disks that
                  are to be used during the installation.

                  Do this because:

                   o If a system failure occurs at a critical point during
                     installation, some files could be left in an inconsistent
                     state

                   o You can verify that the backup copy contains a working
                     system image and then replace the system disk with it

                   o There is more contiguous free space, which may be needed
                     for installation

                  1.8.4  Ensure No Active Users on the System

                  Ensure that there are no active users on the system.

                  Ask users currently on the system to log off and disable
                  logins, by entering the following:

                  $ SET LOGINS /INTERACTIVE=0

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-27

 











                  1.8.5  Moving Your Applications to ALL-IN-1 Customization
                  Management

                  If you have an application that that was not created using
                  the ALL-IN-1 Customization Management subsystem, and you want
                  to move the application to ALL-IN-1 Customization Management,
                  you must save the appropriate elements as customizations.
                  There are three situations to consider:

                   o Elements that are supported by customization management
                     and have not yet been customized. See Section 1.8.5.1

                   o Elements that are supported by customization management
                     and have been customized. See Section 1.8.5.2

                   o Elements that are not supported by customization
                     management. See Section 1.8.5.3

                  1.8.5.1  Uncustomized Elements Supported by Customization
                  Management

                  If your application contains uncustomized elements, do the
                  following:

                   1 From the Customization Management menu of ALL-IN-1 Version
                     2.3, select the Access DIGITAL Elements (ADE) option to
                     display the Access DIGITAL Elements menu.

                   2 Press SELECT and enter the name of the element that you
                     want to move, and the type of the element.

                   3 Use the Copy to development area (CO) option to copy the
                     selected element to the development area.

                   4 If the element is a form, enter EXIT. The following prompt
                     is displayed:

                     Do you want to save this form? (Y/N)

                     Enter Y to exit the editing session without making any
                     changes.

                     If the element is not a form, press EXIT to exit the
                     editing session without making any changes.

                     In both cases, the Customization Management Site
                     Modification Log is now displayed. Enter the details of
                     the element.

               1-28  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  1.8.5.2  Customized Elements Supported by Customization
                  Management

                  Any elements that have been customized using Customization
                  Management, are already in the SITE areas, and therefore you
                  need not carry out any special steps.

                  1.8.5.3  Elements Not Supported by Customization Management

                  Certain elements cannot be customized using Customization
                  Management. These elements are the help files in OAHELP.HLB,
                  various messages in OAMESS.MSG and OASYMMSG.MAR.

                  Save these elements as follows:

                   1 Edit the elements that contain message symbols, using the
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 Customization Management subsystem,
                     and replace the symbols with the appropriate text. These
                     symbols are defined in the message files OAMESS.MSG, and
                     OASYMMSG.MAR.

                   2 Extract the help text from the help library,
                     OA$BUILD:HLPSOURCE.HLB as follows:

                       $ LIBRARY/EXTRACT=module_name/HELP -
                       _$ /OUT=OA$SITE_DEV:module_name.RNO -
                       _$ OA$BUILD:HLPSOURCE.HLB

                     where module_name is the name of the help module for your
                     application. Section 14.15 describes how to replace these
                     modules after ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed.

                  1.8.6  Register the Licenses for the Prerequisite Software

                  If you install VAX FMS, Message Router and Message Router
                  VMSmail Gateway, CDA Converter Library, and VAX Notes from
                  the kits supplied with ALL-IN-1, register the licenses for
                  these products as follows:

                   1 Invoke VMSINSTAL:

                       $ SET DEFAULT SYS$UPDATE
                       $ @VMSINSTAL A1024 device:

                     where device: is the device on which the distribution
                     media are to be mounted. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name. Logical device names must not begin
                     with either A1$, OA$ or OA1$.

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-29

 











                   2 If your system is running VMS Version 5.1, answer YES to
                     the prompt:

                       %VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and
                           running.
                       * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

                   3 Answer YES to the prompt:

                     * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk
                     [YES]?

                   4 VMSINSTAL subsequently displays a list of installation
                     types. Enter 7 at the prompt:

                     * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]:

                     VMSINSTAL checks the licenses, and if necessary installs
                     and loads the appropriate licenses. VMSINSTAL then exits.

                  1.8.7  Ensure Message Router Directory Service is Running

                  If you want to use Mail directory addressing (see
                  Section 1.5.3.1), make sure that the Message Router Directory
                  Service is running.

                  If you are installing ALL-IN-1 on a multiple-environment
                  cluster, the Message Router Directory Service must be
                  running on the part on which you are installing ALL-IN-1
                  (see Section 1.6.2.1).

                  1.8.8  Shut Down the OA$FORMATTER Batch Queue

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
                  shut down the OA$FORMATTER batch queue using the following
                  command:

                  $ STOP /QUEUE /NEXT OA$FORMATTER

                  1.8.9  Start the Queue Manager

                  If your queue manager is not running, start it by entering
                  the following command:

                  $ START /QUEUE /MANAGER



               1-30  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  1.8.10  Run the Mail Sender and Fetcher

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, run
                  the mail Sender and Fetcher to read all the mail:

                   1 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER

                   2 Enter MGT to display the ALL-IN-1 Management menu.

                   3 Enter MM to display the Manage Messaging menu.

                   4 Enter RF (Run Fetcher) to run the Fetcher to fetch all
                     received messages from the queue.

                   5 Enter RS (Run Sender) to run the Sender to clear all
                     messages that are waiting to be sent from the queue.

                   6 Enter EXIT to exit the ALL-IN-1 manager's account.

                  1.8.11  Delete the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping Jobs

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, you
                  must delete all the ALL-IN-1 houskeeping jobs from the batch
                  queue. Do this as follows:

                   1 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER

                   2 Enter the following command to find out the entry numbers
                     of the housekeeping jobs:

                     $ SHOW QUEUE/BATCH

                     Make a note of the entry numbers.

                   3 Enter the following command to delete each of the ALL-IN-1
                     housekeeping jobs:

                     $ DELETE/ENTRY=entry_number queue_name

                     where entry_number is the entry number of each housekeep-
                     ing job, and queue_name is the name of the batch queue
                     running the housekeeping jobs.


                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-31

 











                  1.8.12  Calculate the Values for GBLPAGES, GBLSECTIONS and
                  GBLPAGFIL

                  Make sure that you have enough global pages, global sections,
                  and global page file sections available. Also, follow the
                  steps described in this section to check that certain system
                  parameters are set to adequate values. For more information
                  on SYSGEN parameters refer to the VMS manual describing the
                  SYSGEN utility.

               Note If you are running a VAXcluster system, you must ensure
                  that these parameters are large enough on each node in the
                  cluster on which you are going to run ALL-IN-1.

                  These checks only ensure that the system is adequately con-
                  figured for ALL-IN-1, and do not allow for the requirements
                  of any other layered product.

                   1 Run the Install Utility and display the currently active
                     values for the system parameters GBLSECTIONS and GBLPAGES:

                       $ INSTALL
                       INSTALL> LIST /GLOBAL /SUMMARY

                     A message similar to the following will be displayed:

                     160 global sections used, 9867/985 global pages used/unused

                     The number of unused global pages required for the
                     different installations is:

                     GBLPAGES (Global Pages Unused)

                     for a new        9000
                     installation

                     for an upgrade   5000
                     installation

                     If the number of unused global pages shown in the display
                     is less than the required amount, increase it as follows:

                      a Calculate the value of GBLPAGES as follows:

                         o If you install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 but do not
                           install Message Router, the number of global pages
                           is:

                           9000 + the allowance for global buffers

                           For each system file, calculate the allowance for
                           global buffers as follows:

               1-32  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                           number of global buffers x maximum bucket size

                           See the chapter on ALL-IN-1 tuning in the ALL-IN-1
                           Management Guide for the formulas used to determine
                           the global buffer counts.

                           On a default system, the ATTENDEE.DAT file has a
                           bucket size of 2. Other system files have a bucket
                           size of 4. Thus, for an installation that uses these
                           default values, the formula for calculating the
                           allowance for global buffers is as follows:

                           4(n+1) + 4(n+1) + 4(n+1) + 2(n+1) + 4(5)

                           n is the number of ALL-IN-1 users. For example, for
                           an installation using the default values on a system
                           with 100 users, the number of global pages is:

                           9000 + 4(101) + 4(101) + 4(101) + 2(101) + 20
                           = 9000 + 404 + 404 + 404 + 202 + 20
                           = 10434

                         o If you install Message Router as well as ALL-IN-1,
                           add an extra 3500 blocks to the result of this
                           calculation

                      b Edit the file SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT, and include the
                        following line:

                        ADD_GBLPAGES = increase-value

                           increase-value is the amount by which you want to
                           increase the setting of this parameter.

                        For example, if you want to increase the value by 60,
                        enter:

                        ADD_GBLPAGES = 60

                   2 Exit from the Install Utility as follows:

                     INSTALL> EXIT

                   3 Run the System Generation Utility as follows:

                     $ RUN SYS$SYSTEM:SYSGEN


                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-33

 











                   4 Display the current value of global sections as follows:

                       SYSGEN> USE CURRENT
                       SYSGEN> SHOW GBLSECTIONS

                     The system displays the current value of global sections
                     in the first column.

                     To find the number of unused global sections, subtract the
                     number of global sections used (as shown by the Install
                     Utility) from the current value (as shown by the System
                     Generation Utility).

                     The number of global sections required for the different
                     installations is:

                     for a new installa-   45
                     tion

                     for an upgrade        30
                     installation

                     To increase the value of global sections, edit the file
                     SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT, and include the following line:

                     ADD_GBLSECTIONS = increase-value

                        increase-value is the amount by which you want to
                        increase the setting of this parameter.

                     For example, if you want to increase the value by 10,
                     enter:

                     ADD_GBLSECTIONS=10

                   5 Check the number of global page-file sections as follows:

                     SYSGEN> SHOW GBLPAGFIL

                     The current value for GBLPAGFIL should be high enough to
                     allow for the maximum number of global buffers allocated
                     on the system.

                     It is not possible to display the current value for
                     GBLPAGFIL. The value displayed by entering the SHOW
                     command is the value at the last reboot.

                     If the value of GBLPAGFIL is not high enough, it causes
                     the Fetcher and Sender jobs of Electronic Messaging, or
                     other parts of ALL-IN-1, to fail.

               1-34  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                     If the Sender and Fetcher jobs fail, the following error
                     message is placed in the Sender and Fetcher log file:

                     System Service $CRMPSC failed to map global buffers

                     If other parts of ALL-IN-1 fail, this error message may be
                     displayed on your screen.

                     To increase the value of GBLPAGFIL, edit the file
                     SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT and include the following line:

                     ADD_GBLPAGFIL = increase-value

                        increase-value is the amount by which you want to
                        increase the setting of this parameter.

                     For example, if you want to increase the value by 60,
                     enter:

                     ADD_GBLPAGFIL = 60

                  1.8.13  Check the System Parameter Values

                  Display the current system parameter settings using the
                  following command:

                  SYSGEN> SHOW /ALL

                  Alternatively, show each system parameter setting separately
                  using the following command:

                  SYSGEN> SHOW parameter

                  parameter is the parameter you want to examine. Table 1-3
                  lists the minimum required system parameter values for
                  the installation. Depending on the kinds of programs and
                  applications running at your site, you might need higher
                  values for some settings. If necessary, modify the parameters
                  (as described in Step 2 or 3 of this section) to at least
                  these values.








                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-35

 











                  Table 1-3    Required System Parameter Values

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  System_Parameter_____________Value___________________________

                  LOCKIDTBL                    340
                  MAXBUF                (D)    5000
                  PIOPAGES                     350
                  PQL_DENQLM            (D)    150
                  PQL_MENQLM            (D)    150
                  PROCSECTCNT                  45
                  RESHASHTBL                   85
                  RMS_DFMBC             (D)    16
                  RMS_DFMBFIDX          (D)    2
                  STARTUP_P1                   null
                  TTY_TYPAHDSZ                 1500
                  VIRTUALPAGECNT               16385
                  _____________________________________________________________
                  (D)   Dynamic system parameters
                  _____________________________________________________________

                  You must ensure that the system parameter STARTUP_P1 is null
                  before installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  You need not modify the MAXBUF parameter at this point. If
                  this parameter is too low, the installation displays an
                  appropriate message and then continues. However, you must
                  set MAXBUF to at least the value given in Table 1-3 before
                  ALL-IN-1 is used.

               Note If you integrate any other software with ALL-IN-1, you must
                  increase the SYSGEN parameter PROCSECTCNT by at least five.
                  This makes sure that shared images are accessible during
                  installation.

                   1 Press CTRL/Z to leave SYSGEN.

                   2 Modify the following parameters as necessary:

                        PQL_DENQLM
                        PQL_MENQLM
                        RMS_DFMBC
                        RMS_DFMBFIDX
                        TTY_TYPAHDSZ

                     To modify these system parameters edit the file
                     SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT and specify new parameter values.
                     Use assignment statements of the form:

                     parameter = parameter-value

               1-36  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                     parameter is the name of the parameter you want to change
                     and parameter-value is the setting you want to change it
                     to.

                     For example, if RMS_DFMBFIDX is currently set to 1, which
                     is not sufficient for running ALL-IN-1, you must increase
                     it as follows:

                     RMS_DFMBFIDX = 2

                   3 Change the the following parameters, as necessary:

                        LOCKIDTBL
                        MAXBUF
                        PIOPAGES
                        PROCSECTCNT
                        RESHASHTBL
                        VIRTUALPAGECNT

                     To modify these system parameters edit the file
                     SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.DAT. Include a line of the following
                     format for each parameter to be changed:

                     ADD_parameter = increase-value

                      o parameter is the name of the parameter you want to
                        change

                      o increase-value is the amount by which you want to
                        increase the setting of this parameter.

                     For example, if you want to increase the value of
                     LOCKIDTBL by 60, enter:

                     ADD_LOCKIDTBL=60

                  1.8.14  Changing System Parameter Values with AUTOGEN

                  If you have changed only dynamic system parameters, you need
                  not reboot your system. In this case, do the following:

                   1 Run AUTOGEN as follows:

                     $ @SYS$UPDATE:AUTOGEN SAVPARAMS SETPARAMS

                   2 Write the changes to the current system:

                       $ @SYS$SYSTEM:SYSGEN
                       SYSGEN> USE CURRENT
                       SYSGEN> WRITE ACTIVE

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-37

 











                  If you changed the values of any of your non-dynamic system
                  parameters in the previous steps, do the following:

                   1 Set AGEN$SHUTDOWN_TIME to a value greater than
                     SHUTDOWN$MINIMUM_MINUTES:

                     $ DEFINE/SYSTEM/EXECUTIVE_MODE AGEN$SHUTDOWN_TIME
                     shutdown_time

                   2 Run AUTOGEN to recompute the system parameters:

                     $ @SYS$UPDATE:AUTOGEN SAVPARAMS REBOOT

                     AUTOGEN performs an automatic shutdown and reboot when it
                     has finished. See the VMS manual describing the Autogen
                     Utility.

               Note The system must have been running at least 24 hours for
                  these commands to work. If your system has been running for
                  less than 24 hours add the parameter NOFEEDBACK at the end of
                  each AUTOGEN command.

                  1.8.15  Process Account Quotas

                  Ensure that process quotas are adequate.

                  The account you use to install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 must have
                  sufficient quotas to allow you to perform the installation.
                  Table 1-4 summarizes the process quotas required to perform
                  the installation.

                  Table 1-4    Process Account Quotas for the Installing
                               Account

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  Account_Quota_________Value__________________________________

                  ASTLM                 100
                  BIOLM                 50
                  BYTLM                 36000
                  DIOLM                 50
                  ENQLM                 200
                  FILLM                 100
                  JTQUOTA               1024
                  PGFLQUOTA             20000
                  _____________________________________________________________
                  +  The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
                  the WSDEFAULT value.

                                                       (continued on next page)

               1-38  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Table 1-4 (Cont.)    Process Account Quotas for the Installing
                                       Account

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  Account_Quota_________Value__________________________________

                  PRCLM                 10
                  TQELM                 50
                  WSDEFAULT             600+
                  WSEXTENT              2048
                  WSQUOTA               800
                  _____________________________________________________________
                  +  The values for WSEXTENT and WSQUOTA must be greater than
                  the WSDEFAULT value.
                  _____________________________________________________________

                  When you create user accounts for ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 the
                  process quotas are set to the appropriate values. See the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details.

                  If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3, you must set
                  the process quotas to at least the values listed in Table 1-4
                  for all the users on your current ALL-IN-1 system.

                  To increase the process account quotas use the Authorize
                  Utility.

               Note If you integrate any other software with ALL-IN-1, you must
                  increase the quota values according to the requirements of
                  the software.

                  You can change the process quotas for an account even if
                  a user is logged in to the account. However, if a user is
                  logged in, that user must log out and log back in again for
                  the process quotas to become active.

                  1.8.16  Disk Space

                  Installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 requires a certain amount
                  of free storage space during the installation. Once ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 is installed, less storage space is required.

                  The amount of disk space available on the system disk
                  determines the mode of installation. The installation runs in
                  either Safety or Non-Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1).

                  The minimum disk space required on the system disk during
                  installation depends on whether you are installing ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 on the system disk only, or across several
                  disks. To determine the minimum disk space required on the
                  system disk, add together the values given in the ALL-IN-1

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-39

 











                  Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation and ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation.

                  1.8.16.1  Installation Modes

                  The installation runs in one of two modes, depending on how
                  many blocks are available on the system disk:

                   o Safety mode

                     If you have a minimum of 65,000 free blocks on your system
                     disk, the installation is performed in Safety mode. All
                     the files are transferred from the media to a working
                     area on the system disk before they are moved to their
                     target directories. If you are performing a system disk
                     installation, the installation is always carried out in
                     Safety mode.

                     If a failure occurs before the files start to be moved to
                     target directories, VMSINSTAL deletes the working area so
                     that you can restart the installation.

                  Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                     structures that are created.
























               1-40  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o Non-Safety mode

                     In Non-Safety mode each file is transferred from the media
                     to a working directory on the system disk. After each file
                     is transferred it is moved to its target directory, before
                     the next file is transferred.

                     If a failure occurs during a Non-Safety mode installation,
                     some files have already been copied to their target
                     directories. Therefore, cleaning up the target disks
                     involves more work than for Safety mode.

                  1.8.16.2  ALL-IN-1 Areas

                  To ease the management of ALL-IN-1 you can choose to split
                  ALL-IN-1 across several disks; each disk containing an
                  ALL-IN-1 area. The ALL-IN-1 areas are:

                   o ALL-IN-1 manager's account. This account includes
                     the IVPUSER, MGR, POSTMASTE, TRANSFER_INCOMING and
                     TRANSFER_OUTGOING directories

                   o Shared library files

                   o Shared data files

                   o Language files

                   o Mail area shared document attributes file SDAF file
                     OA$SHARE:OA$DAF_E.DAT. Mail area E is created during a new
                     installation.

                   o Shared directories SHAREnnnn, where nnnn is a number in
                     the range 1 to 9999. Shared directories for Mail area E
                     are created during a new installation.

                  An example of the directory structure for a multiple-disk
                  ALL-IN-1 system is given in Appendix C.

                  Space is provided in Table 1-5 for you to enter the disk
                  space requirements of each ALL-IN-1 area. See the ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation for the
                  disk space required by all areas except for the language
                  files. See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                  Installation for the disk space required by the language
                  files.

               Note The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation
                  and ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation
                  also give the disk space requirements if WPS-PLUS is
                  incorporated and if WPS-PLUS is not incorporated.

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-41

 











                  If you want more than one area on the same disk, the disk
                  space required is the total for those areas.














































               1-42  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               Table 1-5    Disk Space Requirements for the ALL-IN-1 Areas

               ________________________________________________________________
               ALL-IN-1 Area     _______Disk_Space_Requirements_(blocks)_______

                                 New       ______Upgrade_____  Update

                                           ALL-IN-1
                                 ALL-IN-1  STARTER   ALL-IN-1  ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               __________________V2.4______V1.0______V2.3______V2.4____________

               System files*

               Manager's
               account+

               Shared library
               files

               Shared data
               files

               Mail area SDAF    1,000
               file

               Shared            n x 1000
               directories

               Language
               files++:

                (1)

                (2)

               ________________________________________________________________
               *  These are the files that are installed in the SYS$MANAGER,
                  SYS$LIBRARY, SYS$MESSAGE and SYS$HELP directories (see
                  Appendix C)

               +  This figure includes the [.IVPUSER], [.MGR], [.POSTMASTE],
                  [.TRANSFER_INCOMING] and [.TRANSFER_OUTGOING] directories.

               n  is the number of shared directories specified during the
                  installation.

               ++ See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2
                  Language Installation for the language(s) that you are
                  installing

                                                       (continued on next page)

                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-43

 











               Table 1-5 (Cont.)    Disk Space Requirements for the ALL-IN-1
                                    Areas

               ________________________________________________________________
               ALL-IN-1 Area     _______Disk_Space_Requirements_(blocks)_______

                                 New       ______Upgrade_____  Update

                                           ALL-IN-1
                                 ALL-IN-1  STARTER   ALL-IN-1  ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               __________________V2.4______V1.0______V2.3______V2.4____________

                (3)

                (4)

                (5)

                (6)

                (7)

                (8)

                (9)

               (10)
               ________________________________________________________________
               *  These are the files that are installed in the SYS$MANAGER,
                  SYS$LIBRARY, SYS$MESSAGE and SYS$HELP directories (see
                  Appendix C)

               +  This figure includes the [.IVPUSER], [.MGR], [.POSTMASTE],
                  [.TRANSFER_INCOMING] and [.TRANSFER_OUTGOING] directories.

               n  is the number of shared directories specified during the
                  installation.

               ++ See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2
                  Language Installation for the language(s) that you are
                  installing
               ________________________________________________________________

                  If you decide to keep a record of the installation in a log
                  file, add at least 200 blocks to the disk space determined in
                  steps 1 to 3.

                  If you are installing an additional language you need
                  the minimum amount of free blocks given in the ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation for that
                  language.

               1-44  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you want more than one ALL-IN-1 area on the same disk, the
                  minimum disk space required is the total for those areas.

               Note If you only have the minimum amount of recommended free
                  space, and your system crashes during installation, or if
                  the installation fails, the software will be only partially
                  installed. For this reason, Digital recommends that you back
                  up your system disk, and all target disks for a multiple disk
                  installation, before installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  If all areas of ALL-IN-1 are going to be installed on the
                  system disk, ensure that there are enough free blocks on the
                  system disk by issuing the SHOW DEVICE command, for example:

                  $ SHOW DEVICE SYS$SYSDEVICE

                  If the areas of ALL-IN-1 are to be installed on a disk or
                  disks other than the system disk, ensure that these disks
                  have enough free blocks by issuing the SHOW DEVICE command.
                  For example:

                  $ SHOW DEVICE disk

                  where disk is the name of the disk that will hold the
                  ALL-IN-1 areas.

                  1.8.17  Deinstall Patches

                  If you have an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system that has patches
                  installed, you must deinstall the patches before you upgrade
                  to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. Contact your Digital support center
                  for further details.

                  1.8.18  Check Your Site-Specific Startup Procedures

                  If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3, and you
                  have created site-specific startup procedures (that is,
                  A1V23_SITE_START.COM and OA$SITE_language_START.COM), do
                  the following:

                   1 Check your site-specific startup command procedure(s) for
                     any commands that change the configuration of ALL-IN-1.
                     You may wish to change the configuration during the
                     installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, for example, if
                     you re-link ALL-IN-1 to incorporate VAX DATATRIEVE, and so
                     on.


                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-45

 











                   2 If you want to keep your site-specific startup command
                     procedure A1V23_SITE_START.COM, you must rename it to
                     A1V24_SITE_START.COM after the installation (see
                     Section 14.6.3).

                  1.8.19  Considerations for ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group
                  Conferencing

                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing is supplied with
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing
                  is installed separately, after ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is
                  installed. However, you must not make any customizations
                  to the images OAGBL.EXE and OASYMMSG.EXE before ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 Group Conferencing is installed. This is because
                  the installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group Conferencing
                  replaces these images and any customizations will be lost.

                  If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3, and you
                  have already customized these images, copy the images to the
                  OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE directory, upgrade to ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 as described in Chapter 5 and then install ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 Group Conferencing. After ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 Group Conferencing is installed, you can apply your
                  customizations to the new OAGBL.EXE and OASYMMSG.EXE images.

                  1.8.20  Checklist of Information Required for Installation

                  Before you install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 you should know
                  what answers you are going to give to the questions asked
                  during the installation. Refer to the table of steps in
                  the chapter appropriate to the installation you are going
                  to perform. This table indicates which steps are required
                  for that installation. Full descriptions of the steps are
                  described in Chapter 13. Place a tick in the box for each of
                  the steps required by your installation and enter your answer
                  to the prompt(s) in that step in the space provided.

                   o If you are installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, and you do not
                     have any other version of ALL-IN-1, see Chapter 3

                   o If you are installing an additional language, see
                     Chapter 4

                   o If you are upgrading your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system to
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, see Chapter 5

                   o If you are upgrading an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 additional
                     language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional language,
                     see Chapter 6

               1-46  Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o If you are upgrading your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0
                     system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, see Chapter 7

                   o If you are upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0
                     additional language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional
                     language, see Chapter 8

                   o If you are updating your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
                     system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, see Chapter 9

                   o If you are updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
                     additional language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional
                     language, see Chapter 10

                   o If you are updating your existing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                     system, see Chapter 11

                   o If you are updating an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional
                     language, see Chapter 12

                  1.8.21  License Management Utility Requirements

                  You must register and load your license for ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 before you start the installation in order to install
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  For more information on the VMS License Management Facility,
                  see the VMS License Management Facility documentation.




















                                       Preparing to Install ALL-IN-1 V2.4  1-47

 

















                                                                              2
               ________________________________________________________________

                                             Accessing the Online Release Notes




                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 provides online Release Notes. The
                  Release Notes contain information that was unavailable before
                  the books went to print. It is important to read the Release
                  Notes, because they may contain information relating to the
                  installation.

               Note The ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language also con-
                  tains the release notes for ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group
                  Conferencing.

                  There are two parts to the Release Notes:

                   o Release Notes Part 1 Language

                     This part contains the release notes specific to the
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 international base component and to
                     the language being installed, and is on the tape labeled:

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language BIN media_type
                     Release Notes Part 1
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     language is the name of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 language
                     component to be installed, and media_type is 16MT9 for
                     tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.









                                        Accessing the Online Release Notes  2-1

 











                   o Release Notes Part 2 Market

                     This part contains the release notes specific to your
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 market component, and is on the tape
                     labeled:

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 market BIN media_type
                     Release Notes Part 2
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     market is the name of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Market
                     component to be installed.

                  Note This document may not exist for all market components.

               2.1   Accessing the Release Notes

                  To access the Release Notes:

                   1 Log in to the privileged VMS system manager's account.

                   2 Establish the following default directory:

                     $ SET DEFAULT SYS$UPDATE

                   3 Enter the following command:

                     $ @VMSINSTAL product device: OPTIONS N

                     product is the product code:

                        A1LRlang024 for the Release Notes Part 1 Language
                        or
                        A1CRmarket024 for the Release Notes Part 2 Market

                     device is the device on which the tape containing the
                     appropriate version of the Release Notes is mounted.

                     The following message is displayed:

               VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V<version>.
               It is <dd-mmm-yyyy> at <hh:mm>.

                     <dd-mmm-yyy> and <hh:mm> are the current date and time,
                     and <version> is the version of VMS that your system is
                     running.

                     Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

               2-2  Accessing the Online Release Notes

 











                   4 If your system is running VMS Version 5.1, and your DECnet
                     network is running, the following message is displayed:

               %VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, your DECnet network is up and running.
               * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

                     Enter YES and press RETURN.

                   5 If other users are accessing the system, the following
                     message appears:

               %VMSINSTAL-W-ACTIVE,The following processes are still active
               <process_name>
                  .
                  .
                  .
               * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

                     <process_name> refers to the process name of a user logged
                     in to the system.

                     As you are only printing the Release Notes, it is safe to
                     continue. Enter YES and press RETURN.

                   6 VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?

                     As you are only printing the Release Notes, it is safe to
                     continue, so press RETURN.

                   7 VMSINSTAL then prompts you to mount the distribution
                     media:

                     Please mount the first volume of the set on <device>:

                     where <device> is the device you specified.

                     The Release Notes are in two parts, one part on each of
                     the distribution media labeled as follows:

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language BIN media_type
                     Release Notes Part 1
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     and

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 market BIN media_type
                     Release Notes Part 2
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                                        Accessing the Online Release Notes  2-3

 











                     where language is the name of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                     language component to be installed, market is the name of
                     the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Market component to be installed,
                     and media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50
                     cartridge.

                     If you are performing an additional language installation,
                     you need only print the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1
                     Language that is supplied with your kit.

                     VMSINSTAL displays:

                     * Are you ready?

                     At this prompt, mount the first volume of the distribution
                     medium. (If you are unfamiliar with the loading of media,
                     refer to the VMS software intsallation documentation.)

                     When you have mounted the volume, enter YES and press
                     RETURN. VMSINSTAL tries to mount the distribution volume.
                     If it succeeds, a message is displayed, for example:

                     %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A1<n>024 mounted on <device>:

                     where <n> is 3 for the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1
                     Language and 2 for the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 2
                     Market, and <device> is the device where the media is
                     mounted.

                     The following message is then displayed:

               The following products will be processed:
               <name> V2.4
               Beginning installation of <name> V2.4 at <hh:mm>

                     where <hh:mm> is the current time and <name> is:

                      o A1LRlanguage for the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1
                        Language

                      o A1CRmarket for the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 2
                        Market

                   8 VMSINSTAL displays:

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...

               Release Notes Options:

               2-4  Accessing the Online Release Notes

 











               1  Display Release Notes
               2  Print Release Notes
               3  Both 1 and 2
               4  Copy release notes to SYS$HELP
               5  Do not display, print, or copy the release notes

               * Select option [3]:

                     Enter the number of the option that you require.

                     If you enter 2, or 3, to print the Release Notes, the
                     following message is displayed:

               * Queue name [SYS$PRINT]:

                     Press RETURN if you want to print the Release Notes on
                     SYS$PRINT. If you do not want to print on SYS$PRINT, enter
                     the name of the printer queue you want to use.

                     The following message is then displayed:

               * Do you want to continue the installation [N]?

                     Press RETURN to accept the default answer of NO.

                     The following messages are displayed:

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The product Release Notes have been
                   successfully moved to SYS$HELP.
               Installation of <name> V2.4 completed at <hh:mm>
               VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

                     where <hh:mm> is the current time and <name> is:

                        A1LRlanguage for the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1
                        Language
                        A1CRmarket for the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 2
                        Market

                  If you have accessed only one part of the Release Notes,
                  repeat steps 3 to 8 for the other part.

                  If you chose to print the Release Notes, or copy them to
                  SYS$HELP, the following files are placed in SYS$HELP:

                   o A1LRlang024.RELEASE_NOTES, for the Release Notes Part 1
                     Language

                                        Accessing the Online Release Notes  2-5

 











                   o A1CRmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES, for the Release Notes Part 2
                     Market

               Note It is important to read the Release Notes before installing
                  ALL-IN-1.











































               2-6  Accessing the Online Release Notes

 

















                                                                              3
               ________________________________________________________________

                                          Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System




                  This chapter explains how to install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 if
                  you are installing ALL-IN-1 as a new system.

               3.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   2 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation (see Section 1.8.20). Refer to this checklist
                     during the installation.

                  You must have the base, language, and market components to
                  install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

               3.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed.

                   o The name of the device where the distribution media are
                     to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.


                                     Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  3-1

 











               3.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               3.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

               3.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                  structures that are created.

               3.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

               3-2  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 











                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 can be installed only on systems running
                  VMS Version 5.1, or higher. If your system does not have
                  the correct version of VMS an error message is displayed as
                  follows:

                    $A1-F-V50VMS-1, Incorrect VMS version. Please upgrade to VMS
                          Version 5.1
                    $A1-F-V50VMS-2, before installing ALL-IN-1 version 2.4.

                  Upgrade your system to VMS Version 5.1, or higher, before
                  installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

               3.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 3-1 lists the steps required for a new installation of
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.








                                     Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  3-3

 











                  Table 3-1    Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1 Version
                               2.4 System

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
                  8     Specify the market code required by this installation
                  9     Specify the language code required by this installation
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

                  12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
                        DATATRIEVE
                  13    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
                        PLUS
                  14    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate ACMS
                  15    Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is installed
                  16    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
                        language system

                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  18    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                        users
                  19    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
                  20    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
                        messages to and from other systems

                  21    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
                        to use is on this node or another node
                  22    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
                  23    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
                  24    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                        mailbox

                                                       (continued on next page)





               3-4  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 











                  Table 3-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1
                                       Version 2.4 System

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  25    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
                        WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII
                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
                  27    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library
                        files
                  28    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data
                        files

                  29    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 language files
                  30    Specify the device to use for the ALL-IN-1 mail area
                        SDAF file
                  31    Indicate how many shared directories you would like
                  32    Specify a device for each shared directory
                  33    Identify or create the VMS account for ALL-IN-1

                  35    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS
                        account
                  36    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                        accounts
                  37    Specify the UIC for the ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account
                  38    Specify the device and directory for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's VMS account

                  39    Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                        accounts
                  40    Specify the directory to hold the shared library files,
                        in OA$LIB
                  41    Specify the directory to hold the shared data files, in
                        OA$DATA
                  42    Specify the directory to hold the language files
                  43    Specify the directory to hold the mail area SDAF file
                        OA$DATA:OA$DAF_E.DAT

                  44    Specify the directory to hold the shared directories,
                        OA$SHAREnnn
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  46    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3

                                                       (continued on next page)



                                     Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  3-5

 











                  Table 3-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Install a New ALL-IN-1
                                       Version 2.4 System

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               3.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

                    The A1 V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

                    %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.

               3-6  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 











                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  3.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command file
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL is compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile it if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command file was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                                     Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  3-7

 











                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.







































               3-8  Installing a New ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 

















                                                                              4
               ________________________________________________________________

                              Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This chapter explains how to install a new additional
                  language.

               4.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language
                     (see Section 2.1)

                   2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command file (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM) before
                     you start the installation.

                  You need only the required language component to install an
                  additional ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 language.






                         Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4  4-1

 











               4.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed.

                   o The name of the device where the distribution medium
                     is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               4.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               4.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.








               4-2  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               4.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                  structures that are created.

               4.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

               4.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 4-1 lists the steps required for an additional language
                  installation.



                         Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4  4-3

 











                  Table 4-1    Steps Required for an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language
                               Installation

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  29    Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 language files

                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  42    Specify the directory to hold the language files
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               4.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1L<lang> V2.4 has
                  failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

               The A1L<lang> V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

               %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1L<lang> V2.4 has failed.

                  where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.


               4-4  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  4.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                         Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4  4-5

 











                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

                     where lang is the name of the language being installed.

                     Manually execute each IVP as described in the ALL-IN-1
                     Management Guide.

                  Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
                     optional language being installed and also tests the
                     international base system.

                     Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1 at
                     a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.


               4-6  Installing Additional Languages for ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 

















                                                                              5
               ________________________________________________________________

                                       Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This chapter explains how to upgrade your ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.3 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

               5.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   3 If you run any ALL-IN-1 layered products, you may need to
                     prepare the layered product(s) before you install ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4 (see your layered product documentation).

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V23START.COM)
                     before you start the installation.

                  You must have the base, language, and market components to
                  upgrade your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system to ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4.

               Note Upgrading to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 also upgrades your
                  default language. If you have a multi-language ALL-IN-1
                  system, you will be unable to use your additional languages

                                  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  5-1

 











                  until you have upgraded them; you can still use your default
                  language. In this case, you must run only the IVP for the
                  default language.


               5.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed

                   o The name of the device where the distribution media are
                     to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               5.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               5.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.



               5-2  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               5.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               5.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 can be installed only on systems running
                  VMS Version 5.1, or higher. If your system does not have
                  the correct version of VMS an error message is displayed as
                  follows:

                                  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  5-3

 











                    $A1-F-V50VMS-1, Incorrect VMS version. Please upgrade to VMS
                        Version 5.1
                    $A1-F-V50VMS-2, before installing ALL-IN-1 version 2.4.

                  Upgrade your system to VMS Version 5.1, or higher, before
                  installing ALL-IN-1 version 2.4.

               5.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 5-1 lists the steps required to upgrade your ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.3 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  Table 5-1    Steps Required to Upgrade ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-
                               IN-1 V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
                  8     Specify the market code required by this installation
                  9     Specify the language code required by this installation
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
                        DATATRIEVE
                  13    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
                        PLUS
                  14    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate ACMS
                  15    Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is installed
                  16    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
                        language system

                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1

                                                       (continued on next page)



               5-4  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Table 5-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Upgrade ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                                       to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  18    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                        users
                  19    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
                  20    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
                        messages to and from other systems
                  21    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
                        to use is on this node or another node

                  22    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
                  23    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
                  24    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                        mailbox
                  25    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
                        WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII
                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites

                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  36    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                        accounts
                  39    Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                        accounts
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  46    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

                  You must now upgrade any additional languages that were
                  installed with your (ALL-IN-1) Version 2.3 system. A separate
                  installation is required for each of the additional languages
                  on your system (see Chapter 6).






                                  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  5-5

 











               5.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

                    The A1 V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

                    %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.



               5-6  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  5.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

                     Manually execute each IVP as described in the ALL-IN-1
                     Management Guide.

                  Note Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1
                     at a level which is normally customization independent.

                                  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  5-7

 











                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.












































               5-8  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 

















                                                                              6
               ________________________________________________________________

                   Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages




                  This chapter explains how to upgrade an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3
                  additional language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional
                  language

               6.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language
                     (see Section 2.1)

                   2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   3 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
                     before you start the installation.

                  You need only the required language component to upgrade
                  an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 additional language to an ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 additional language.

               Note You must upgrade your main ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system to
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 before upgrading the languages. See
                  Chapter 5.

              Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  6-1

 











               6.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed.

                   o The name of the device where the distribution medium
                     is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               6.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               6.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.








               6-2  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 











               6.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                  structures that are created.

               6.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

               6.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 6-1 lists the steps required for updating an ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.3 additional language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  additional language.


              Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  6-3

 











                  Table 6-1    Steps Required for Upgrading an ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                               Language

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1

                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               6.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1L<lang> V2.4 has
                  failed.

                  where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

               The A1L<lang> V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

               %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1L<lang> V2.4 has failed.

               6-4  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 











                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  6.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

              Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  6-5

 











                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

                     where lang is the name of the language being installed.

                     Manually execute each IVP as described in the ALL-IN-1
                     Management Guide.

                  Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
                     optional language being installed and also tests the
                     international base system.

                     Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1 at
                     a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.


               6-6  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 

















                                                                              7
               ________________________________________________________________

                          Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This chapter explains how to upgrade from ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  Version 1.0 to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

               7.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   3 If you have carried out any permitted modifications (for
                     example, to template files) to your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                     Version 1.0 system, save the modifications in an area
                     that is not used by ALL-IN-1.

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 Run the following command procedure to set up the correct
                     environment for the upgrade installation:

                     SYS$MANAGER:AS010_PRE_V23UPGRADE.COM

                   6 Modify the ALL-IN-1 manager's account details to include
                     access to OA$LIB:CM as follows:

                      a Create a script, for example STARTER_MODIFY.SCP,
                        containing the following:

                        WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER='MANAGER', -
                        FRMLIB='OA$LIB:MANAGER,OA$LIB:ADMIN,OA$LIB:CM'

                     Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  7-1

 











                      b Enter the ALL-IN-1 STARTER manager's account, and enter
                        the following command:

                        <DO directory:STARTER_MODIFY

                        where directory is the directory containing STARTER_
                        MODIFY.SCP.

                      c Exit ALL-IN-1.

                  You must have the base, language, and market components to
                  upgrade your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 system to ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4.

               Note Upgrading to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 also upgrades your
                  default language. If you have a multi-language ALL-IN-1
                  system, you will be unable to use your additional languages
                  until you have upgraded them; you can still use your default
                  language. In this case, you must run only the IVP for the
                  default language.

               7.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed

                   o The name of the device where the distribution media are
                     to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               7.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.



               7-2  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               7.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

               7.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               7.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                  These messages can be ignored.

                     Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  7-3

 











                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

               7.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 7-1 lists the step required to upgrade your ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER Version 1.0 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  Table 7-1    Steps Required to Upgrade your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                               V1.0 System to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
                  8     Specify the market code required by this installation
                  9     Specify the language code required by this installation
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
                        DATATRIEVE
                  13    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
                        PLUS
                  14    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate ACMS

                                                       (continued on next page)

               7-4  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Table 7-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Upgrade your ALL-IN-1
                                       STARTER V1.0 System to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  15    Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is installed

                  16    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
                        language system
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  18    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                        users
                  19    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
                  20    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
                        messages to and from other systems

                  21    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
                        to use is on this node or another node
                  22    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
                  23    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
                  24    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                        mailbox
                  25    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
                        WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII

                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  36    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Transfer User
                        accounts
                  39    Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                        accounts
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  46    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

                  You must now upgrade any additional languages that were
                  installed with your (ALL-IN-1) STARTER Version 1.0 system. A
                  separate installation is required for each of the additional
                  languages on your system (see Chapter 8).

                     Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  7-5

 











               7.8   Stop and Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue

                  You must stop and restart the OA$FORMATTER queue by entering
                  the following commands:

                    $ STOP /QUEUE /NEXT OA$FORMATTER
                    $ START /QUEUE OA$FORMATTER

               7.9   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

                    The A1 V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

                    %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               7-6  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  7.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

                     Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  7-7

 











                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                  Note Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1
                     at a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.







































               7-8  Upgrading from ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 

















                                                                              8
               ________________________________________________________________

                     Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                                                                      Languages




                  This chapter explains how to upgrade an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  Version 1.0 additional language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  additional language

               8.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language
                     (see Section 2.1)

                   2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
                     before you start the installation.

                  You need only the required language component to upgrade
                  an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 additional language to an
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional language.



      Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  8-1

 











               Note You must upgrade your main ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
                  1.0 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 before upgrading the
                  languages. See Chapter 7.


               8.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed.

                   o The name of the device where the distribution medium
                     is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               8.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               8.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.



               8-2  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 











               8.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                  structures that are created.

               8.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

               8.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 8-1 lists the steps required for upgrading an ALL-
                  IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 additional language to an ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 additional language.


      Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  8-3

 











                  Table 8-1    Steps Required for Upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                               V1.0 Language

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               8.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1L<lang> V2.4 has
                  failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

                  where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.

                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

               8-4  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 











                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  8.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

      Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  8-5

 











                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

                     where lang is the name of the language being installed.

                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                  Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
                     optional language being installed and also tests the
                     international base system.

                     Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1 at
                     a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.











               8-6  Upgrading ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 

















                                                                              9
               ________________________________________________________________

                                Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This chapter explains how to upgrade from ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  Version 2.4 to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

               9.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   3 If you have carried out any permitted modifications (for
                     example, to template files) to your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                     Version 2.4 system, save the modifications in an area
                     that is not used by ALL-IN-1.

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 Run the following command procedure to set up the correct
                     environment for the upgrade installation:

                     SYS$MANAGER:AS024_PREV24_UPGRADE.COM

                  You must have the base, language, and market components to
                  update your ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system to ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4.

               Note Updating to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 also updates your default
                  language. If you have a multi-language ALL-IN-1 system, you
                  will be unable to use your additional languages until you

                           Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  9-1

 











                  have updated them; you can still use your default language.
                  In this case, you must run only the IVP for the default
                  language.


               9.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed

                   o The name of the device where the distribution media are
                     to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               9.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                    System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               9.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.



               9-2  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               9.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               9.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.



                           Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  9-3

 











               9.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 9-1 lists the step required to update your ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER Version 2.4 system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  Table 9-1    Steps Required to Update your ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                               V2.4 System to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
                  8     Specify the market code required by this installation
                  9     Specify the language code required by this installation
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
                        DATATRIEVE
                  13    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
                        PLUS
                  14    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate ACMS
                  16    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
                        language system

                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  18    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                        users
                  19    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
                  20    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
                        messages to and from other systems
                  21    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
                        to use is on this node or another node

                                                       (continued on next page)




               9-4  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Table 9-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required to Update your ALL-IN-1
                                       STARTER V2.4 System to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  22    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
                  23    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory
                  24    Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                        mailbox
                  25    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
                        WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII
                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites

                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  46    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

                  You must now update any additional languages that were
                  installed with your (ALL-IN-1) STARTER Version 2.4 system. A
                  separate installation is required for each of the additional
                  languages on your system (see Chapter 10).

               9.8   Stop and Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue

                  You must stop and restart the OA$FORMATTER queue by entering
                  the following commands:

                    $ STOP /QUEUE /NEXT OA$FORMATTER
                    $ START /QUEUE OA$FORMATTER

               9.9   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.


                           Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  9-5

 











                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

                    The A1 V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

                    %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  9.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

               9-6  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                  Note Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1
                     at a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.



                           Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4  9-7

 

















                                                                             10
               ________________________________________________________________

                      Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                                                                      Languages




                  This chapter explains how to update an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  Version 2.4 additional language to an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  additional language.

               10.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language
                     (see Section 2.1)

                   2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
                     before you start the installation.

                  You need only the required language component to update
                  an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 additional language to an
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional language.



      Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  10-1

 











               Note You must update your main ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4
                  system to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 before updating the languages.
                  See Chapter 9.


               10.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed.

                   o The name of the device where the distribution medium
                     is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               10.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                     System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               10.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.



               10-2  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 











               10.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                  structures that are created.

               10.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

               10.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 10-1 lists the steps required for updating an ALL-
                  IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 additional language to an ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 additional language.


      Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  10-3

 











                  Table 10-1    Steps Required for Updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                                V2.4 Language

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               10.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1L<lang> V2.4 has
                  failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

               The A1L<lang> V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

               %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1L<lang> V2.4 has failed.

                  where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.


               10-4  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 











                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  10.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

      Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages  10-5

 











                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedurewas run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

                     where lang is the name of the language being installed.

                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                  Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
                     optional language being installed and also tests the
                     international base system.

                     Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1 at
                     a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.


               10-6  Updating ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4 Languages to ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Languages

 

















                                                                             11
               ________________________________________________________________

                                      Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System




                  This chapter explains how to update your existing ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 system. You can update your ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 system if you decide to change the configuration, or an
                  ALL-IN-1 component is revised by Digital.

               11.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section Section 1.8).

                   2 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   3 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section Section 1.8.20. Refer to
                     this checklist during the installation.

                   4 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
                     before you start the installation.

                  You must have the base, language, and market components to
                  update ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.







                                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  11-1

 











               11.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed

                   o The name of the device where the distribution media are
                     to be mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  media and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               11.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                     System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               11.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

               11.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is being
                  performed in Safety mode (see Section Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               11-2  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 











               11.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_IN value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                   o %UAF-E-RDBADDERRU, unable to add A1$XFER_OUT value:
                     [000001,000100] to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
                     -SYSTEM-F-DUPIDENT, duplicate identifier

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.












                                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  11-3

 











               11.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 11-1 lists the step required to update your existing
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system.

                  Table 11-1    Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-
                                1 V2.4 System

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  7     Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 2
                  8     Specify the market code required by this installation
                  9     Specify the language code required by this installation
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key

                  12    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
                        DATATRIEVE
                  13    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate WPS-
                        PLUS
                  14    Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate ACMS
                  16    Indicate whether or not you want to build a multi-
                        language system
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1
                  18    Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                        users
                  19    Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and Fetcher
                  20    Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
                        messages to and from other systems
                  21    Indicate whether the Message Router you want ALL-IN-1
                        to use is on this node or another node

                  22    Specify the node whose Message Router you want to use
                  23    Specify the level of use of the Mail directory

                                                       (continued on next page)




               11-4  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 











                  Table 11-1 (Cont.)    Steps Required for Updating an Existing
                                        ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  25    Indicate whether or not you want to translate outgoing
                        WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII
                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites

                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  46    Load the Distribution Media - Sequence 3
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               11.8   Start the OA$FORMATTER Queue

                  The OA$FORMATTER queue is restarted if you elected to run the
                  IVP during the installation. If you did not elect to run the
                  IVP, you must restart the OA$FORMATTER queue by entering the
                  following command:

                  $ START /QUEUE OA$FORMATTER

               11.9   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

                    The A1 V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

                    %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1 V2.4 has failed.

                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  11-5

 











                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  11.9.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

               11-6  Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System

 











                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP

                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                  Note Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1
                     at a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.

















                                Updating an Existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 System  11-7

 

















                                                                             12
               ________________________________________________________________

                                             Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language




                  This chapter explains how to update an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  language.

               12.1   Before You Start

                  Before you start the installation procedure:

                   1 Print and read the ALL-IN-1 Release Notes Part 1 Language
                     (see Section 2.1)

                   2 Make sure that you have made all the necessary prepara-
                     tions (see Section 1.8).

                   3 Make sure that no ALL-IN-1 logical names point to system
                     root directories, for example, OA$LIB must not be defined
                     as SYS$SYSROOT:[ALLIN1.LIB].

                   4 Complete the checklist of information required for
                     installation given in Section 1.8.20. Refer to this
                     checklist during the installation.

                   5 If you have rebooted your system prior to starting the
                     installation, make sure that you have run the ALL-IN-1
                     startup command procedure (SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM)
                     before you start the installation.

                  You need only the required language component to update an
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 additional language.






                                       Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language  12-1

 











               12.2   Overview of VMSINSTAL

                  VMSINSTAL is a DCL command procedure that is used to install
                  optional software products on the VMS operating system.
                  VMSINSTAL requires at least two parameters:

                   o The name of the product(s) being installed.

                   o The name of the device where the distribution medium
                     is mounted or loaded. You can use either a physical or
                     logical device name.

                  VMSINSTAL invokes a command procedure on the distribution
                  medium and that command procedure controls the rest of the
                  installation.

               12.3   Determining the Files and Logical Names Added to the
                     System

                  A list of the files, and their directories, of an installed
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system is given in Appendix C.

                  A list of the logical names added to your system is given in
                  Appendix C.

               12.4   Running the Installation Verification Procedure (IVP)

                  The Installation Verification Procedure (IVP) for ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 verifies the installation. During the instal-
                  lation, you are asked if you want to run the IVP as part
                  of the installation. If you respond YES, VMSINSTAL runs the
                  IVP. Digital recommends that you run the IVP to ensure that
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed correctly.

                  After ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, you can run the
                  IVP independently to verify that the software is available
                  on your system. You might also want to run the IVP after
                  a system failure to ensure that users can access ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4. Instructions on running the IVP are given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.








               12-2  Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language

 











               12.5   Aborting the Installation

                  To abort the installation procedure at any time, press
                  CTRL/Y. When you press CTRL/Y, and the installation is
                  being performed in Safety mode (see Section 1.8.16.1), the
                  installation procedure deletes all files it has created up to
                  that point and exits. You must restart the installation from
                  the beginning.

               Note VMSINSTAL does not delete any accounts or directory
                  structures that are created.

               12.6   Warning and Error Messages

                  The following warning and error messages may be displayed
                  during the installation:

                   o %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry
                     created for <filename>

                     where <filename> is the full file specification for the
                     image that is to be created.

                   o %SYSTEM-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                  These messages can be ignored.

                  The following informational and error messages are displayed
                  when the IVP is run:

                   o %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
                     -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                   o %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                   o %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling
                     THIS_IS_A.TEST form library

                  These messages are due to various tests being performed by
                  the IVP.

               12.7   The Installation Procedure

                  Table 12-1 lists the steps required for updating an existing
                  language.



                                       Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language  12-3

 











                  Table 12-1    Steps Required for Updating an Existing ALL-IN-
                                1 V2.4 Language

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  STEP__Title__________________________________________________

                  1     Invoke VMSINSTAL
                  2     DECnet status
                  3     Active processes
                  4     System backup
                  5     Load the distribution media - Sequence 1

                  6     Indicate which type of installation you wish to perform
                  10    Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                        ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key
                  11    Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                        replaced by the installation
                  17    Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1

                  26    Check the mandatory and optional software prerequisites
                  34    Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                        account
                  45    Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs
                  47    Wait for the installation to complete
                  48____Complete_installation__________________________________

                  The steps are described in Chapter 13. Before starting
                  the installation, indicate the steps required for your
                  installation by placing a tick in the box for each of the
                  steps.

               12.8   Error Recovery

                  If errors occur during the installation itself or when the
                  IVP is running, VMSINSTAL displays failure messages. If the
                  installation fails, the following message is displayed:

                  %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1L<lang> V2.4 has
                  failed.

                  where <lang> is the name of the language being installed.

                  If the IVP fails, the following messages are displayed:

               The A1L<lang> V2.4 Installation Verification Procedure failed.

               %VMSINSTAL-E-IVPFAIL, The IVP for A1L<lang> V2.4 has failed.

               12-4  Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language

 











                  Errors can occur during the installation if any of the
                  following conditions exist:

                   o The operating system version is incorrect

                   o A prerequisite software version is incorrect

                   o Quotas necessary for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o System parameter values for successful installation are
                     insufficient

                   o The VMS help library is currently in use

                   o The product is not properly licensed

                   o SYS$LIBRARY:IMAGELIB.OLB and SYS$LIBRARY:STARLET.OLB are
                     not present. These files are removed if you tailor VMS.

                  For descriptions of the error messages generated by these
                  conditions, see the VMS books on system messages, recovery
                  procedures, and VMS software installation. If you are
                  notified that any of these conditions exist, you should
                  take the appropriate action as described in the message.
                  (You might need to change a system parameter or increase
                  an authorized quota value.) For information on installation
                  requirements, see Chapter 1.

               Note If the installation fails, you must restart the installa-
                  tion from the beginning.

                  12.8.1  Errors Found During the IVP

                  If any error messages occur during the IVP, do the following:

                   o Check the log of the installation for any errors that may
                     have occurred during installation.

                   o Check the file ALLIN1_IVP.LOG. This file does not
                     contain the results of the IVP, but the results of
                     invoking ALL-IN-1 when running the IVPs. This file is
                     in the directory where you run the installation, usually
                     SYS$MANAGER.

                   o Make sure you have executed the startup command procedure
                     SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM so that all image files,
                     logical names and form libraries have been successfully
                     installed.

                                       Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language  12-5

 











                   o Make sure that the ALL-IN-1 TXL and your site-specific
                     TXL, if there is one, were compiled and installed
                     successfully and recompile them if you received any error
                     messages when the startup command procedure was run.

                   o Check that you have not run out of quota on the disk(s)
                     containing the OA$SHAREnnnn directories (refer to the
                     manual describing VMS utilities).

                   o Check that the details for the IVP account are completed
                     correctly, as follows:

                      - All the ALL-IN-1 privileges are set to YES.

                      - The IVP user directory points to the disk and
                        subdirectory that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                        manager's account. For example, using the installation
                        defaults would give:

                        SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER]

                      - The ALL-IN-1 account, IVP, is accessed from the
                        ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account.

                   o Run ALL-IN-1 and try to use those areas that failed during
                     the IVP to find more information on the error.

                     Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's IVP account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=IVP /LANGUAGE=lang

                     where lang is the name of the language being installed.

                     Manually execute each IVP test as described in the
                     ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                  Note The IVP runs in the language context of the current
                     optional language being installed and also tests the
                     international base system.

                     Most IVPs are designed to exercise and test ALL-IN-1 at
                     a level which is normally customization independent.
                     However, if you have customized the Phone Directory
                     subsystem of ALL-IN-1, the display graphics (IDG)
                     procedure may fail. This is a demonstration test used to
                     exercise the terminal graphics as a typical application.


               12-6  Updating an ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Language

 

















                                                                             13
               ________________________________________________________________

                                    Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This chapter contains a complete list of the steps required
                  for installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. The steps required
                  depend on the type of installation you are performing (see
                  the chapter for the type of installation you are going to
                  perform (Chapters 3 to 12)).

                  Indicate the steps required for your type of installation by
                  placing a tick in the box for each of those steps.

                  For those steps that require you to input information, enter
                  the information in the space provided, before you start the
                  installation.

               13.1   Installation Steps

                  During the installation procedure a number of cautionary
                  messages and general information messages, which are not
                  documented here, are displayed. Read all messages carefully
                  and follow the advice they offer.

                  Each question in the installation is marked with an asterisk
                  (*) at the beginning of the line. If you are unsure how
                  to answer a question, enter a question mark (?). The
                  installation procedure displays explanatory text.










                              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-1

 











                  STEP 1: Invoke VMSINSTAL


                  To start the installation, log in to the privileged VMS
                  system
                  manager's account, and enter the following command:

                  $ SET DEFAULT SYS$UPDATE

                  If you are performing a new, upgrade, or update installation,
                  enter:

                  $ @VMSINSTAL A1024 device:

                  If you are installing an additional language, or upgrading or
                  updating an existing language, enter:

                  $ @VMSINSTAL A1Llang024 device:

                  device is the device on which the distribution media are to
                  be mounted. You can use either a physical or logical device
                  name. Logical device names must not begin with A1$ or OA$.

                  A1024, is the product identifier for the full ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 system.

                  A1Llang024 is the product identifier for the language to be
                  installed.

                  For example, enter the following command if you are
                  performing a new, upgrade or update installation:

                  $ @VMSINSTAL A1024 TAPE0

               Note Do not use the command @VMSINSTAL * device:, since this
                  causes VMSINSTAL to install the products from the kit in the
                  incorrect order.

                  If you omit these items, you are prompted for the product
                  identifier and device.

                  The following messages are displayed:

                     VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V<version>

               It is <dd-mmm-yyyy> at <hh:mm>
               Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

                  <version> is the version of VMS that you are running on your
                  system

                  <dd-mmm-yyyy> and <hh:mm> are the current date and time

               13-2  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If your system is running VMS Version 5.2, or higher, and any
                  users are logged in to your system, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 3.

                  If your system is running VMS Version 5.2, or higher, and no
                  users are logged in to your system, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 4.


                  STEP 2: DECnet status


                  If your system is running VMS Verison 5.1, and your DECnet
                  network is running, the following message is displayed:

               %VMSINSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and running.
               * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

                  Enter YES to continue.

                  If you want to use a local Message Router and it is not
                  running, press RETURN. VMSINSTAL aborts. Start the Message
                  Router and restart the installation.

               Note If you want to use Mail directory addressing, make sure
                  that the Message Router Directory Service is running on your
                  system.

                  If you are installing ALL-IN-1 on a multiple-environment
                  cluster, the Message Router Directory Service must be
                  running on the part on which you are installing ALL-IN-1
                  (see Section 1.6.2.1).

                  STEP 3: Active Processes

                  If no users are accessing the system, or you respond YES to
                  the prompt
                  in STEP 2, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 4.

                  If other users are accessing the system, the following
                  message appears:









                              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-3

 











               %VMSINSTAL-W-ACTIVE, The following processes are still active
               <process_name>
                  .
                  .
                  .
               * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]?

                  <process_name> refers to the process name of a user logged in
                  to the system.

                  If the Message Router Version 3.1 software is installed on
                  your system, some Message Router processes will be active,
                  for example, MRLOGGER and
                  MR$T_N_1. If you intend to use Message Router with ALL-IN-1,
                  do not stop these processes.

                  If any active processes are due to users logged in to the
                  system, it is not advisable to continue, so press RETURN to
                  halt VMSINSTAL, and ask the users to log out. Once the users
                  have logged out, restart the installation procedure.

                  STEP 4: System Backup


                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?

                  If you are not satisfied, enter NO, carry out a disk backup
                  and restart the installation.

                  If you are satisfied, press RETURN.

                  STEP 5: Load the distribution media-Sequence 1


                  If you did not specify a device when invoking VMSINSTAL, the
                  following
                  message is displayed:

               * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted:

                  Enter the device on which the media are to be mounted. You
                  can use either a physical or logical device name. Logical
                  device names must not begin with A1$ or OA$.



               13-4  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you did not specify the product identifier when invoking
                  VMSINSTAL, the following message is displayed:

               Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution
                   volume set:
               * Products:

                  If you are performing a new, upgrade or update installation,
                  enter the product identifier, A1024.

                  If you are installing an additional language, or upgrading or
                  updating an existing language, enter the product identifier,
                  A1Llang024.

                  If your system is running VMS Version 5.1, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               * Options:

                  If your system is running VMS Version 5.2 (or higher),
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):

                  Press RETURN to continue.

                  If you are installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 from magnetic tape
                  or TK50 cartridge, VMSINSTAL displays:

               Please mount the first volume of the set on <device>:
               * Are you ready?

                  where <device>: is the device you specified.

                  Mount the first volume of the distribution media.

                   o For a new, upgrade or update installation, this is the
                     volume labeled:

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 BASE BIN media_type
                     INTERNATIONAL BASE
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                   o For an additional language installation, or an update of
                     an existing language, this is the volume labeled:

                     ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language BIN media_type
                     LANGUAGE COMPONENT
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-5

 











                  media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.
                  (If you are unfamiliar with the loading of media, refer to
                  the VMS software installation documentation.)

                  When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL
                  tries to mount the distribution volume. If it succeeds, the
                  following messages are displayed:

                   o If you are performing a new, upgrade or update installa-
                     tion:

                                   %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on <device>:

               The following products will be processed:
                 A1 V2.4

                       Beginning installation of A1 V2.4 at <hh:mm>

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The product's release notes have been
                   successfully moved to SYS$HELP.

               This is LOCAL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 BASE kit

                     <hh:mm> is the current time.

                   o If you are installing an additional language, upgrading or
                     updating an existing language:

                                   %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A13024 mounted on <device>:

               The following products will be processed:
                 A1L<lang> V2.4

                       Beginning installation of A1L<lang> V2.4 at <hh:mm>

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The product's release notes have been
                   successfully moved to SYS$HELP.

               This is the LOCAL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 LANGUAGE-only kit

                     <hh:mm> is the current time.





               13-6  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  STEP 6: Indicate which type of installation you wish to
                  perform


                  Installation type: ......

                   o If you are performing a new, upgrade or update installa-
                     tion, VMSINSTAL displays:

                  Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 KIT, the following types of
                  installation can be performed :-

                       (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1
                       (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (4)     Installation of an additional language
                       (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                                   language
                       (6)     Update of an existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language
                       (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

               * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]:

                     Press RETURN to indicate a full installation of ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4. Otherwise, enter the number corresponding to
                     the type of installation you want to perform.

                     If you are upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER system to
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, enter:

                     2      To upgrade ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0

                     3      To update ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4

                     5      To upgrade an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 language

                     6      To update an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 language

                     If you are upgrading or updating a multilingual ALL-IN-1
                     or ALL-IN-1 STARTER system, VMSINSTAL displays:








                              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-7

 











                                             ***CAUTION***
               Your system has been configured as a MULTI-LINGUAL system.  After
                   you
               have upgraded your base system, you must also upgrade all
                   additional
               language systems. You will not be able to use your additional
                   language
               systems until they have been upgraded to the same version as your
                   base
               system.

                     The installation continues at STEP 7. However, you can use
                     only the language that is being installed at this time.
                     You must upgrade or update the remaining languages before
                     you can use them. Also, you cannot run the Installation
                     Verification Procedure for the additional languages until
                     you have upgraded or updated them.

                     If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
                     and the installation procedure could not find the file
                     A1LINK.ANS, VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1-E-NOANS, Could not find OA$BUILD:A1LINK.ANS

                                          ***CAUTION***
               The installation could not determine the state of your system. If
                   you
               have a MULTI-LINGUAL system you must upgrade all additional
                   languages
               after you have upgraded your base system.  You will not be able
                   to use
               your additional language systems until they have been upgraded to
                   the
               same version as your base system

                     The installation continues at STEP 7. However, if you
                     are upgrading or updating from a multilingual system,
                     you can use only the language that is being installed
                     at this time. You must upgrade or update the remaining
                     languages before you can use them. Also, you cannot run
                     the Installation Verification Procedure for the additional
                     languages until you have upgraded or updated them.

                     Enter 7 to register the licenses. This option registers
                     and loads the licenses for VAX FMS Version 2.4, Message
                     Router Version 3.1, Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version
                     3.1, CDA Converter Library Version 1.0, and VAX Notes
                     Version 2.0. VMSINSTAL displays:

               13-8  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               %A1-I-CHKSWLIC, Checking licenses for prerequisite software
               %A1-I-CONFLICENSE. All necessary licenses are installed and
                   loaded
               %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
               directories...
                       Installation of A1 V2.4 completed at <hh:mm>

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

                     VMSINSTAL exits after registering the licenses.

                     Before you install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, make sure that
                     FMS, and if necessary, Message Router and Message Router
                     VMSmail Gateway are running.

                   o If you are performing an additional language installation
                     or updating an existing language, VMSINSTAL displays:

               Using the LANGUAGE only ALL-IN-1 V2.4 KIT, the following types of
               installation can be performed :-

                (1)     Installation of an additional language
                (2)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 V2.3 language
                (3)     Update of an existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language

               * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]:

                     Press RETURN to indicate an additional language installa-
                     tion. Otherwise, enter 2 to upgrade an existing ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.3 additional language, or enter 3 to update an
                     existing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 language.

                     If you are upgrading an ALL-IN-1 STARTER language to an
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 language, enter:

                     2      To upgrade an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 language

                     3      To update an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 language

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installa-
                  tion, VMSINSTAL searches for the default ALL-IN-1 image,
                  OA$LIB_SHARE:OA$MAIN.EXE. If it does not find this image
                  (because you have renamed the image), VMSINSTAL displays:

               The main ALL-IN-1 image OA$MAIN.EXE cannot be found using its
                   default specification

               * Can you provide the full file specification of the main
                   ALL-IN-1 image [YES]?

                              Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-9

 











                  Press RETURN if you know the full file specification of the
                  main ALL-IN-1 image. VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What is the full file specification of the main ALL-IN-1 image:

                  Enter the full file specification of the image (including the
                  device and directory).

                  If you do not know the full file specification, enter NO.
                  VMSINSTAL exits. Find out the full file specification of your
                  ALL-IN-1 image and start the installation again.

                  If you are installing a full ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system, or
                  are upgrading or updating an existing ALL-IN-1 system, you
                  may be prompted to enter a market code at this point if you
                  are installing ALL-IN-1 from disk. If you see this prompt go
                  to STEP 8.

                  If you are installing an additional language, you may be
                  prompted to enter a language code at this point if you are
                  installing the ALL-IN-1 language from disk. If you see this
                  prompt go to STEP 9.

                  If you are updating an existing language, you may be prompted
                  to enter a language code at this point if you are installing
                  the ALL-IN-1 language from disk. If you see this prompt go to
                  STEP 9.

                  STEP 7: Load the distribution media-Sequence 2

                  Mount the second volume of the distribution media. This is
                  the volume
                  labeled:

                  ALL-IN-1 V2.4 market BIN media_type
                  MARKET COMPONENT
                  (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                   o market is the market name

                   o media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50
                     cartridge.

                  See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market
                  Installation.



               13-10  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  The following messages are displayed:

               Media <device>:A11024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED):
               Dismounted media labeled A11024. Please mount the MARKET kit
                   media which
               is labeled A12024 and reply to the prompt below. (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation?

                  When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL tries
                  to mount the distribution volume. If the distribution volume
                  is mounted, the following messages are displayed:

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A12024 mounted on <device>:
               %A1C<market>-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . ..

                  where <market> is the market code (see the ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation).

                  Mount the third volume of the distribution media. This is the
                  volume labeled:

                  ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language BIN media_type
                  LANGUAGE COMPONENT
                  (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                   o language is the language name

                   o media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge

                  See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                  Installation.

                  The following messages are displayed:

               Media <device>:A12024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED):
               Dismounted media labeled A12024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit
                   media which is
               labeled A13024 and reply to the prompt below. (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation?


                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-11

 











                  When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL tries
                  to mount the distribution volume. If the distribution volume
                  is mounted, the following messages are displayed:

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A13024 mounted on <device>:
               %A1L<lang>-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . ..

               This is the <lang> version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  where <lang> is the language being installed (see the
                  ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation).

                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 10.

                  STEP 8: Specify the market code required by this installation


                  Market code: ......................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Enter market code for this installation (up to 3 characters)
                   [US]:

                  Press RETURN to accept the default, US. Otherwise, enter the
                  market code required for your installation (see the ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation).

                  VMSINSTAL displays the following:

               %A1C<market>-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . ..

                  STEP 9: Specify the language code required by this
                  installation

                  Language code: ..............................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               *Enter language code for this installation (up to 9 characters)
                   [ENGLISH]:





               13-12  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Press RETURN to accept the default, ENGLISH. Otherwise, enter
                  the language code required for your installation (see the
                  ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation).

                  VMSINSTAL displays the following:

               %A1L<lang>-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . ..

               This is the <language> version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

                  STEP 10: Indicate whether you have registered and loaded your
                  ALL-IN-1 Product Authorization Key


                  Have you registered and loaded the PAK? .........

                   o If you are installing ALL-IN-1 for the first time, or
                     updating or upgrading a an ALL-IN-1 system, you must have
                     a capacity or personal (subscriber) license registered

                   o If you have a capacity (ALLIN1) license, and you want
                     to install, update or upgrade an additional language,
                     you must also have a language-specific capacity license,
                     ALLIN1-UI-language, where language is the name of the
                     language you want to install

                   o If you have a personal (ALLIN1-PERSONAL) license, you can
                     install, update or upgrade an additional language, without
                     a language-specific license

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Does this product have an authorization key registered and
                   loaded [YES]?

                  If you have not registered and loaded your product authoriza-
                  tion key, you must answer NO to this question. VMSINSTAL then
                  exits.

                  A successful installation of ALL-IN-1 depends on a product
                  authorization key being registered and loaded. Please be
                  certain that this has been completed before proceeding with
                  the installation.

                  Press RETURN if you have a product authorization key
                  registered and loaded for ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-13

 











                  If the appropriate licenses are registered and loaded,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An <licence> license is installed and loaded

                  where <license> is:

                   o ALLIN1 or ALLIN1-PERSONAL if you are installing ALL-IN-1
                     for the first time, or you are updating or upgrading a
                     previous version of ALL-IN-1.

                   o ALLIN1-PERSONAL or ALLIN1-UI-language if you are
                     installing, updating, or upgrading an additional language

                  VMSINSTAL then checks for all prerequisite software licenses:

               %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software

                  If a license already exists, and the installation updates the
                  license with a more up-to-date version, the following message
                  is displayed:

               %LICENSE-I-ALREADYLOADED, <license> has already been loaded

                  <license> is the name of the license that has been updated.

                  If a license is not found, the license is registered then
                  loaded, and the following message is displayed:

               %LICENSE-I-LOADED, <license> was successfully loaded with <n>
                   units

                  <license> is the name of the license that has been updated
                  and <n> is the number of units for the license.

                  When the licenses for all the prerequisite software have been
                  checked and, if necessary, loaded, the following message is
                  then displayed:

               %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and
                   loaded

                  If one or more of the required licenses are not registered
                  and loaded, VMSINSTAL displays:

               %LMF-S-NOLICENSE, This product requires a license to install
               %LMF-S-NOLICENSE, Please refer to the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide

               %LMF-E-RETRY1, Please correct any reported problem(s) before
                   attempting
               %LMF-E-RETRY2, to install ALL-IN-1.

               13-14  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

                  If you are performing a new installation, VMSINSTAL goes to
                  STEP 12.

                  If you are installing a new additional language, VMSINSTAL
                  goes to STEP 17.

                  STEP 11: Indicate whether or not you want to purge files
                  replaced by this installation


                  Do you want to purge files? .........

                  You can choose to have the files of your existing ALL-IN-1
                  system purged to save space on the disk(s) on which ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 is being installed.

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation?

                  This installation creates new copies of ALL-IN-1 language
                  files. You can purge the old copies of these files.

                  Enter YES if you want to purge the old copies of these files.
                  Otherwise, enter NO.

                  If you are upgrading or updating an existing language,
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 17.

                  STEP 12: Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate VAX
                  DATATRIEVE

                  Do you want to incorporate VAX DATATRIEVE? ..........

                  Name of VAX DATATRIEVE image: .............................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:






                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-15

 











               If DATATRIEVE is only occasionally used within ALL-IN-1 it is
                   suggested that
               you answer NO to the next question. You will still be able to
                   use DATATRIEVE
               within ALL-IN-1, but you will avoid the overhead of having it
                   physically
               linked with the ALL-IN-1 image. If you need to use a DATATRIEVE
                   image other
               than SYS$SHARE:DTRSHR.EXE then you MUST answer YES to the
                   following question.

               * Do you want to incorporate DATATRIEVE [NO]?

                  If you do not want ALL-IN-1 to link with VAX DATATRIEVE,
                  press RETURN. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 13.

                  If you want ALL-IN-1 to link with VAX DATATRIEVE (see
                  Section 1.5.2), enter YES. VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What is the name of the DATATRIEVE image you want to link with
                   [DTRSHR]:

                  Press RETURN if the name of your VAX DATATRIEVE image is
                  DTRSHR.EXE. Otherwise, enter the name of your VAX DATATRIEVE
                  image. See the VAX DATATRIEVE installation guide for more
                  information.

                  STEP 13: Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate
                  WPS-PLUS

                  Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS? ..........

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
               to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
               not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
               impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

               NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time,
               should you choose not to link it now.

               * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]?





               13-16  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS (see Section 1.5.5),
                  press RETURN. Otherwise, enter NO.

               Note If you decide not to incorporate WPS-PLUS at this time, you
                  can incorporate WPS-PLUS at a later date by performing an
                  update installation (see Appendix D for details).


                  STEP 14: Indicate whether or not you want to incorporate ACMS


                  Do you want to incorporate ACMS? ..........

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               If you wish to interface with ACMS, then answer YES to the
               following questions.

               NOTE:

                 o ACMS needs to be installed before ALL-IN-1.

                 o If the user answers yes and the relevant ACMS files are
                   present then the interface will get built. If they are not
                   then the default is to abort the link, in order to remedy it.

               * Do you want to incorporate ACMS [NO]?

                  If you do not want to incorporate ACMS (see Section 1.5.4),
                  press RETURN. Otherwise, enter YES.

                  STEP 15: Check to see if the CDA Converter Library is
                  installed

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites

                  If the logical name CDA$LIBRARY is defined and the CDA
                  converter files are present (see Section 1.5.1), VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported





                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-17

 











                  If the logical name CDA$LIBRARY does not exist, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               %A1L<lang>-W-NOCDALIB, No CDA$LIBRARY logical was found
               * Do you want to continue anyway (without CDA support) [YES]?

                  Press RETURN to continue the installation. Otherwise, enter
                  NO.

                  If the CDA Converter Library files are not installed,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-MISSING_CDA, The CDA converter files are not
                   installed
               * Do you want to continue anyway (without CDA support) [YES]?

                  Press RETURN to continue the installation. Otherwise, enter
                  NO.

                  If you want to have full DDIF/CDA integration, the CDA
                  library must be set up and the converter files installed.
                  If they are not set up, and you require full integration,
                  you may continue and install them after the installation of
                  ALL-IN-1.

                  STEP 16: Indicate whether or not you want to build a
                  multilingual system

                  Do you want to build a multilingual system? ..........

                  You can install an additional language to build a multilin-
                  gual ALL-IN-1 system. See Section 1.7 for details.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

                    If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
               OA$MAIN.EXE and OA$LLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than
                   one
               language to be installed.

               * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]?

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to install other languages.
                  Otherwise, enter YES. You install each additional language
                  after ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed, by performing an
                  additional language installation (see Chapter 4).


               13-18  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you elect to build a multilingual system, the installation
                  creates a language-specific image file,
                  SYS$LIBRARY:OA$LLVlang.EXE, in addition to the
                  OA$LIB_SHARE:OA$MAIN.EXE image file.

               Note The performance of ALL-IN-1 will suffer slightly if you
                  configure ALL-IN-1 as a multilingual system (that is, if
                  you enter YES at the prompt). If you are not sure whether or
                  not you want to run a multilingual ALL-IN-1 system, you can
                  choose to install ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 as a single language
                  system, and relink the ALL-IN-1 image at a later date for
                  multilingual operation (see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for
                  details).


                  STEP 17: Select the date format to use with ALL-IN-1


                  Date format to use with ALL-IN-1: ..........

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each
                   language
               you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date
                   format
               for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed by
                   user
               through the Set Working Conditions option.

                        Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

                    1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY     (Standard Default)
                    2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
                    3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
                    4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
                    5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
                    6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

               * Which date format do you require [1]:

                  Press RETURN to select the default date format DD-MMM-YYYY
                  MM/DD/YY. Otherwise, enter the number of the desired date
                  format. See the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market
                  Installation.

                  If you are performing an additional language installation,
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 26.

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-19

 













                  STEP 18: Specify the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                  users


                  Greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users: .............

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                   users:

                  Enter the number of users that you expect to use ALL-IN-1
                  at the same time. In a VAXcluster, this is the number of
                  users on the node which has the greatest number of users.
                  For example, if one node has 10 users and another node has 4
                  users, you should enter 10. VMSINSTAL then checks that the
                  system parameter settings are sufficient. If your node is not
                  on a cluster, simply enter the greatest number of users on
                  the node.

               Note This will affect the system parameters (see Section 1.8).

                  VMSINSTAL uses this information to allocate the correct
                  number of global buffers to certain files in OA$DATA_SHARE
                  (see Section 14.12).

                  VMSINSTAL checks that the values of certain parameters
                  are suitable. If the following system parameters are not
                  adequate, you can complete the installation, but you may
                  have to increase them, depending on the maximum number of
                  simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users per node or satellite node (see
                  the chapter on tuning ALL-IN-1 in the ALL-IN-1 Management
                  Guide):

                   o LOCKIDTBL

                   o RESHASHTBL

                   o GBLPAGFIL

                  If the following parameters are not adequate, you cannot
                  proceed with the installation and must use the SYSGEN
                  utility (see Section 1.8) to increase them, before attempting
                  installation again:

                   o Number of unused global sections

               13-20  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o Number of unused global pages

               Note If you are running on a VAXcluster, the installation
                  procedure can only check the SYSGEN parameters on the node
                  on which it is running. You must ensure that they are large
                  enough on all nodes in the cluster on which you intend to run
                  ALL-IN-1.


                  STEP 19: Specify the batch queue to run the Sender and
                  Fetcher


                  Batch queue for sending and receiving mail: ..................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving
                   mail [SYS$BATCH]:

                  If you are installing ALL-IN-1 on a multiple-environment
                  cluster you must use a batch queue that runs only on the
                  part of the cluster on which you are installing ALL-IN-1 (see
                  Section 1.6.2).

                  ALL-IN-1 uses one of your system batch queues to run the mail
                  Sender and Fetcher. Press RETURN to use SYS$BATCH. Otherwise,
                  specify the name of another batch queue that exists already
                  or that you will create before you run ALL-IN-1. If your
                  system runs a local Message Router, you may consider using
                  the Message Router queue MB$BATCH.

               Note Digital recommends that you use a dedicated batch queue for
                  the mail Sender and Fetcher.

                  STEP 20: Indicate whether or not you want to send and receive
                  messages to and from other systems

                  Do you want to send and receive messages to and from other
                  systems? ..........

                  See Section 1.5.3 to help you decide whether or not to
                  integrate ALL-IN-1 with Message Router.





                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-21

 











                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages
                   to/from other systems [NO]?

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to send and receive
                  electronic messages to and from other computer systems, or
                  by way of the Message Router VMSmail Gateway to and from
                  VMSmail. Otherwise, enter YES.

                  If you respond NO to this prompt, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 26.

                  STEP 21: Indicate whether the Message Router you want
                  ALL-IN-1 to use is on this node or another node


                  Do you want to use a remote Message Router? ........

               Note If you want to use Mail directory addressing (see
                  Section 1.5.3.1), you must have Message Router Version 3.1
                  installed locally.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]?

                  If the Message Router you want to use is on another system
                  (that is, you want to use a remote Message Router), enter
                  YES. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 22.

                  Press RETURN if the Message Router you want to use is on this
                  system. (This is normally the case.) If you press RETURN,
                  and Message Router Version 3.1 is installed on this system,
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 23. Otherwise, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP
                  26 after displaying the following message:

               Message Router version incorrect or Message Router missing.
               Further Message Router questions will be omitted.

                  If you did not start DECnet before starting the installation,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:







               13-22  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               %A1-I-DCNTNOTINSTD1, DECNET has not been installed.
               %A1-I-DCNTNOTINSTD2, It must be installed for Mail directory
                   support.
               %A1-I-DDSNOTSTRTD1, Mail directory service has not been started
                   /or installed.
               %A1-I-DDSNOTSTRTD2, You cannot therefore use the Mail directory
                   service.
               * Do you wish to continue without Mail directory support [YES]?

                  Press RETURN if you want to continue. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP
                  24.

                  Enter NO if you want to use the Mail directory. VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               * You are halting the installation - is this correct [NO]?

                  Enter YES to abort the installation. Otherwise, press RETURN
                  to continue.

                  STEP 22: Specify the node whose Message Router you want to
                  use


                  Message Router node name: ....................................

                  If you want to use a Message Router on another system,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What node is the Message Router on:

                  Enter the node name of the computer system whose Message
                  Router you want to use. The following message is displayed:

               The Message Router mailbox name has been set up to be <mailbox>.
               If you wish to change the name you must create the file :

                    OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE:A1V24_SITE_START.COM

               Change the definition of the logical name OA$MTI_MAILBX and then
               when you run the MRMAN utility use this new name to define the
               mailbox.

                  where <mailbox> is the name of ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                  mailbox (usually A1).

                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 25.

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-23

 











                  STEP 23: Specify the level of use of the Mail directory


                  Level of use of Mail directory: ...........

                  To help you decide on the level of Mail directory support,
                  see Section 1.5.3.1.

                  If you chose to integrate with Message Router, and it is on
                  this system, VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]:

                  Enter 0 if you do not want to use Mail directory addressing.
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 24.

                  Enter 1 if you want to use ALL-IN-1 directory addressing
                  as the primary directory. The Mail directory can still be
                  accessed from the Message Header menu.

                  Enter 2 if you want to use Mail directory addressing as the
                  primary directory. ALL-IN-1 directory addressing can still be
                  accessed from the Message Header menu.

                  If you are performing an update installation, and your
                  ALL-IN-1 system currently uses a local Message Router with
                  Mail directory support (that is, OA$DDS_PRIME is set to 1
                  or 2), VMSINSTAL displays the following message, and then
                  continues at STEP 24:

                As this is an update you will not be asked for a Mail directory
                   password

                  If you are performing a new installation, or your ALL-IN-1
                  system currently uses a local Message Router without Mail
                  directory support (that is, OA$DDS_PRIME is set to 0),
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account:

                  Enter the password for the Mail directory user agent entry
                  (minimum six characters, maximum eight characters).

                  VMSINSTAL asks you to confirm the password:

               * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified:

                  Enter the password again.

               13-24  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  STEP 24: Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                  mailbox


                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, and
                  your ALL-IN-1 system currently uses a local Message Router,
                  VMSINSTAL displays the following message, and then continues
                  at STEP 25:

               As this is an update you will not be asked for a Message Router
                   password

                  If you are performing a new installation, or your ALL-IN-1
                  system does not currently use a local Message Router,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message
                   Router mailbox:

                  Enter the password (minimum 8 characters, maximum 32
                  characters). VMSINSTAL asks you to confirm this password:

               * Please confirm the password you have specified:

                  Enter the password again.

                  VMSINSTAL sets up this password. This password must then
                  be supplied by any processes that want to connect to the
                  ALL-IN-1 Message Router mailbox. When VMSINSTAL sets up this
                  password, the following message may be displayed:

               %Could not add entry <mailbox> from MRMAN

                  where <mailbox> is the name of ALL-IN-1 Message Router
                  mailbox (usually A1).

                  This message means that the mailbox for ALL-IN-1 is already
                  set up in the Message Router Transfer Service database,
                  and although the mailbox password has been changed in your
                  ALL-IN-1 database, it has not been changed in the Message
                  Router Transfer Service database.

                  If this happens, you must run the Transfer Service Management
                  utility, MRMAN, to change the mailbox password in the Message
                  Router Transfer Service database (see the ALL-IN-1 Mail
                  Management Guide) after the installation has completed.


                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-25

 











                  STEP 25: Indicate whether or not you want to translate
                  outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII


                  Translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to ASCII? ......

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to
                   ASCII [NO]?

                  Enter YES if:

                     Your users will be sending messages to DECmail. However,
                     if your users send messages to DECmail users occasionally,
                     you may want to enter NO, and ask your users to use EDT to
                     send to DECmail if necessary. If you answer YES to this
                     prompt, all messages will be translated to ASCII, whether
                     or not they are sent to DECmail users.
                     or:
                     Your users will be sending messages to VMSmail through
                     Version 2.0 or an earlier version of the Message Router
                     VMSmail Gateway. This situation may occur if you are using
                     a remote Message Router VMSmail Gateway.

                  ALL-IN-1 will then convert any outgoing messages to ASCII.

                  If your users will not be sending messages to DECmail, or
                  your ALL-IN-1 system will use Version 2.1 of the Message
                  Router VMSmail Gateway, or higher, press RETURN. ALL-IN-1
                  will then exchange any messages in the same form in which
                  they were created.

                  STEP 26: Check the Mandatory and Optional Software
                  Prerequisites

                  VMSINSTAL carries out various checks at this stage.

                  If you are not installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SOFTWARE
                   prerequisites

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current
                   process


               13-26  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you are installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY SW prerequisites

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKLNAM, Checking ALL-IN-1 logical names

                  If you are not installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers

                  VMSINSTAL checks that the identifier OA$ADMIN does not exist.
                  This
                  identifier is used for the ALL-IN-1 administrator and must be
                  used only with ALL-IN-1. If you have created this identifier
                  for something other than ALL-IN-1, you must rename your
                  existing OA$ADMIN identifier.

               Note OA$ADMIN allows access to ALL-IN-1 files that are not
                  normally accessible to non-privileged users.

                  VMSINSTAL also checks that the identifier OA$PRVAPP does
                  not exist. This identifier is used for ALL-IN-1 application
                  programmers and must be used only with ALL-IN-1. If you have
                  created this identifier for something other than ALL-IN-1,
                  you must rename your existing OA$PRVAPP identifier.

                  If the OA$ADMIN identifier exists, and you are performing an
                  upgrade or update installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$ADMIN will be used
                   from the previous installation.

                  If the OA$ADMIN identifier exists, and you are performing a
                  new installation, VMSINSTAL displays information relating to
                  OA$ADMIN, together with the prompt:

               * Do you want to use the existing general identifier OA$ADMIN
                   [YES]?

                  Enter NO if your existing OA$ADMIN identifier is used for
                  something other than ALL-IN-1. In this case, the installation
                  will fail after all other checks have been made.

                  Press RETURN if you are sure that:

                   o The OA$ADMIN identifier is created only for ALL-IN-1

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-27

 











                   o There are no holders of this identifier outside ALL-IN-1

                   o This identifier is not specified in any Access Control
                     List (ACL) outside ALL-IN-1

                  If the OA$PRVAPP identifier exists, and you are performing an
                  upgrade or update installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$PRVAPP will be used
                   from the previous installation.

                  If the OA$PRVAPP identifier exists, and you are performing a
                  new installation, VMSINSTAL displays information relating to
                  OA$PRVAPP, together with the prompt:

               * Do you want to use the existing general identifier OA$PRVAPP
                   [YES]?

                  Enter NO if your existing OA$PRVAPP identifier is used for
                  something other than ALL-IN-1. In this case, the installation
                  will fail after all other checks have been made.

                  Press RETURN if you are sure that:

                   o The OA$PRVAPP identifier is created only for ALL-IN-1

                   o There are no holders of this identifier outside ALL-IN-1

                   o This identifier is not specified in any ACL outside
                     ALL-IN-1

                  If you are not installing an additional language, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts

                  If you are performing an installation, and the accounts
                  A1$XFER_IN and A1$XFER_OUT already exist, the following is
                  displayed:

               VMS account named A1$XFER_IN, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
               purposes only, was already created before this installation.

               You have two options:

                1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
                   for ALL-IN-1 pruposes ONLY.  Note that in this case, some characterists
                   of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
                   the installation.
                2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
                   again.

               13-28  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_IN account [NO]?

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to use the existing TRANSFER_
                  INCOMING account.

                  Enter YES to continue. VMSINSTAL displays:

               VMS account named A1$XFER_OUT, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
               purposes only, was already created before this installation.

               You have two options:

                1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to be used
                   for ALL-IN-1 pruposes ONLY.  Note that in this case, some characterists
                   of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be changed during
                   the installation.
                2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and then start
                   again.

               * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_OUT account [NO]?

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to use the existing TRANSFER_
                  OUTGOING account.

                  Enter YES to continue. VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are
                   installed
               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version

                  For all installations, VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

                  If no errors are detected, the installation continues.

                  If you are upgrading your current ALL-IN-1 system to ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 34.

                  If you are updating your existing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  system, or ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 system to ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 34.

                  If you are performing an additional language installation,
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 29.

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-29

 











                  If any software checks fail, VMSINSTAL displays:

               During the check phase following <n> errors are discovered:

                       SHAREABLE LIBRARY FILES:

               Shareable library file <filename> is NOT installed.
                  .
                  .
                  .

                       MESSAGE FILES:

               Message file <filename> is NOT installed.
                  .
                  .
                  .

                  This installation will fail due to mismatched software
                  prerequisites. However, you may continue and check the DISK
                      SPACE
                  requirements before the installation procedure terminates.
                  Otherwise, stop the installation here and correct the reported
                  problems before starting again.

               * Do you want to continue [YES]?

                  <n> is the number of sofware errors detected, and <filename>
                  is the name of the file that is not installed.

                  Press RETURN to continue to check the disk space require-
                  ments. VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 29, after which VMSINSTAL
                  aborts.

                  Enter NO if you do not want to continue. VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-E-RETRY1, Please correct any reported problem(s)
                   before attempting
               %A1L<lang>-E-RETRY2, to install ALL-IN-1.

               %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

                  You must correct the error(s) and install ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 again. Check the prerequisites given in Chapter 1.


               13-30  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  STEP 27: Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 shared
                  library files


                  Device to hold shared library files: .........................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library files
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:

                  Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                  shared library files in OA$LIB. Press RETURN to accept the
                  default of SYS$SYSDEVICE:.

                  You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
                  recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
                  users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
                  of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
                  to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
                  SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
                  not begin with A1$ or OA$.

                  If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
                  prompt is displayed:

               %A1L<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                   LIB_SHARE files ? [NO]?

                  If you answer YES, VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library files    :

                  Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                  shared library files in OA$LIB.

                  If there is insufficient disk space for the shared library
                  files, VMSINSTAL displays:

               There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide LIB_SHARE
                   files.
               Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and
                   restart
               the installation, or choose another device to transfer LIB_SHARE
                   files.

               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                   LIB_SHARE files ? [NO]?

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-31

 











                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
                  enter the logical name of the device.

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.


                  STEP 28: Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data
                  files


                  Device to hold shared data files: ...........................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data files
                   [<device>:]:

                  Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                  shared data files in OA$DATA. Press RETURN to accept the
                  default device which you specified at STEP 27.

                  You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
                  recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
                  users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
                  of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
                  to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
                  SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
                  not begin with A1$ or OA$.

                  If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
                  prompt is displayed:

               %A1L<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                   DATA_SHARE files ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data files    :

                  Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                  shared data files in OA$DATA.

                  If there is insufficient disk space for the shared data
                  files, VMSINSTAL displays:



               13-32  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide DATA_SHARE
                   files.
               Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and
                   restart
               the installation, or choose another device to transfer DATA_SHARE
                   files.

               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                   DATA_SHARE files ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
                  enter the logical name of the device.

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.

                  STEP 29: Specify the device to hold the ALL-IN-1 language
                  files


                  Device to hold the language files: ...........................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 <lang> language files
                   [<device>:]:

                  Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                  language files for the language being installed. Otherwise,
                  press RETURN to accept the default:

                     If you are performing a new installation, the default
                     device is that which you specified at STEP 28.
                     If you are performing an additional language installation,
                     the default device is SYS$SYSDEVICE.

                  You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
                  recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
                  users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
                  of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
                  to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
                  SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
                  not begin with A1$ or OA$.

                  If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
                  prompt is displayed:



                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-33

 











               %A1L<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  LLV
                   files ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 <lang> language files    :

                  Enter the logical name of the device to hold the ALL-IN-1
                  language files for the language being installed.

                  If you are performing an additional language installation,
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 34.

                  If there is insufficient disk space for the language files,
                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide LLV files.
               Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and
                   restart
               the installation, or choose another device to transfer LLV files.

               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1  LLV
                   files ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
                  enter the logical name of the device.

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.

                  STEP 30: Specify the device to use for the ALL-IN-1 mail area
                  SDAF file, OA$DATA:OA$DAF_E.DAT

                  Device to hold Mail area SDAF file: ..........................

                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 allows you to have up to five mail areas
                  (A to E). Each mail area consists of an SDAF and a number of
                  shared directories. The installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  creates mail area E. That is, the SDAF file OA$DAF_E.DAT and
                  shared directories SHAREnnnn are created, where nnnn is a
                  number in the range 1 to 9999.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file
                   [<device>:]:


               13-34  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Enter the logical name of the device you would like to use
                  for the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file. Press RETURN to accept
                  the default device which you specified at STEP 29.

                  You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
                  recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
                  users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
                  of the volumes. Do not use a logical name that points
                  to a search list. For example, do not use SYS$SYSROOT,
                  SYS$SPECIFIC, or SYS$COMMON. Also, logical device names must
                  not begin with A1$ or OA$.

                  If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
                  prompt is displayed:

               %A1L<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1 mail
                   area SDAF file ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file    :

                  Enter the logical name of the device you would like to use
                  for the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file.

                  If there is insufficient disk space for the mail area SDAF
                  file, VMSINSTAL displays:

               There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to provide SDAF files.
               Please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and
                   restart
               the installation, or choose another device to transfer SDAF
                   files.

               * Do you want to select another device to hold the ALL-IN-1 mail
                   area SDAF file ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
                  enter the logical name of the device.

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.






                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-35

 











                  STEP 31: Indicate how many shared directories you would like


                  Number of shared directories: ...............

                  If you want to create more than 10 shared directories,
                  Digital recommends that you select the default of 1. You
                  can create the remaining number of shared directories
                  after ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is installed (see the chapter
                  on managing mail areas in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide).
                  The reason for this is that it is much quicker to create
                  additional shared directories using the option provided in
                  the management subsystem of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4.

                  Note that the number of shared directories cannot exceed
                  9999. ALL-IN-1 uses the shared directories in rotation.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * How many shared directories do you want to create [1]:

                  Enter the number of shared directories you would like to
                  create. If you want to use only one directory, press RETURN.

                  STEP 32: Specify a device for each shared directory

                  Device for each shared directory:

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                  If possible, Digital recommends that you spread the
                  shared directories across several disks. This improves the
                  performance of ALL-IN-1.

                  VMSINSTAL asks for the device name for each shared directory
                  as follows:

               * What device would you like to use for shared directory SHARE<n>
                   [<device>]:

               13-36  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  <n> is in the range one to the number you specified in STEP
                  31, and <device> represents the device you entered either in
                  STEP 30 or for the previous shared directory.

                  Enter the device required. This question is repeated until
                  you have answered it for all the shared directories you
                  specified.

                  You can use either a physical or logical device name. Digital
                  recommends that you use a logical name for the device as
                  users do not have to be concerned with the physical location
                  of the volumes. Logical device names must not begin with A1$
                  or OA$.

                  If you enter an incorrect device specification, the following
                  prompt is displayed:

               %A1L<lang>-W-NODEVICE, That device doesn't exist on your system
               * Do you want to select another device to hold the shared file
                   cabinet SHARE<n> ? [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE<n> :

                  Enter the device required. This question is repeated until
                  you have answered it for all the shared directories you
                  specified.

                  If there is insufficient disk space for the shared directo-
                  ries, VMSINSTAL displays:

               There is NOT enough diskspace on <device>: to create shared area
                   SHARE<n>
               please provide AT LEAST <nnnn> free blocks more on <device>: and
                   restart
               the installation, or choose another device to create shared area
                   SHARE<n>.

               * Do you want to select another device to create shared file
                   cabinet SHARE<n> [NO]?

                  Enter YES to select another device. VMSINSTAL prompts you to
                  enter the logical name of the device.

                  Press RETURN if you do not want to select another device.


                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-37

 











                  If all disk space prerequisites are satisfied, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

                       NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.

                  If any errors were found during the software checks (STEP
                  26), VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-E-RETRY1, Please correct any reported problem(s)
                   before attempting
               %A1L<lang>-E-RETRY2, to install ALL-IN-1.

               %VMSINSTAL-E-INSFAIL, The installation of A1 V2.4 has failed.

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

                  STEP 33: Identify or create a VMS account for ALL-IN-1

                  VMS user name for ALL-IN-1 manager's account: ................

                  ALL-IN-1 needs a VMS account for running the ALL-IN-1
                  management batch jobs. This VMS account has three ALL-IN-1
                  accounts:

                   - MANAGER

                     This account allows you to perform the ALL-IN-1 management
                     tasks.

                   - POSTMASTER

                     This account is used for running the mail Sender and
                     Fetcher.

                   - IVP

                     This account allows you or the installation procedures to
                     run the installation verification procedures (IVPs).

                  The ALL-IN-1 VMS account must have the following privileges:
                  SYSPRV, SYSNAM, NETMBX, GRPNAM, OPER, TMPMBX, CMKRNL,
                  EXQUOTA, WORLD, PRMMBX, PRMGBL, and SYSGBL. In addition,
                  the account must have the same VMS process quotas as other
                  ALL-IN-1 users (see Section 1.8).

               Note If your system is running VMS Version 5.2, or higher, the
                  ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS account is created with the NODISUSER
                  flag.

               13-38  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you are performing a new installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What VMS username do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 manager's
                   account? [<account_name>]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default name ALLIN1.

                  Otherwise, enter the name you want to use. Refer to the VMS
                  manual describing the Authorize Utility for a list of valid
                  characters that can be used for the user name.

                  If the account does not exist, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 35.

                  STEP 34: Indicate the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1
                  account


                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation, or
                  an additional language installation, VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 account
                   [ALLIN1]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default name ALLIN1.

                  Otherwise, enter the name you want to use. Refer to the VMS
                  manual describing the Authorize Utility for a list of valid
                  characters that can be used for the user name.

                  Details of the ALL-IN-1 account are displayed if you are:

                   o Performing a new installation and the account already
                     exists

                   o Performing an upgrade installation

                   o Performing an update installation

                   o Installing an additional language

                   o Updating an existing language

                  The details displayed are as follows:





                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-39

 











                     OWNER       =   <owner>
                     USERNAME    =   <username>
                     UIC         =   <UIC>
                     ACCOUNT     =   <account>
                     PRIVS       =   <privileges>
                     PRIORITY    =   <priority>
                     DIRECTORY   =   <device:[directory]>

                  Also, the following prompt is displayed:

               * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are
                   correct? [YES]?

                  Press RETURN if you want to use this account. VMSINSTAL:

                   o Goes to STEP 36 if you are performing a new installation,
                     and you created an ALL-IN-1 account before starting the
                     installation

                   o Goes to STEP 36 if you are performing an upgrade
                     installation

                   o Goes to STEP 45 if you are performing an update installa-
                     tion

                   o Goes to STEP 42 if you are installing an additional
                     language

                   o Goes to STEP 45 if you are updating an existing language

                  Enter NO if you do not want to use this account. VMSINSTAL
                  prompts you again for the username.

                  Enter the username.

                  STEP 35: Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS
                  account

                  If VMSINSTAL is to create a VMS account for ALL-IN-1, it
                  prompts you
                  for a password:

               * What password do you want to use for this account:





               13-40  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  Since this account is privileged, choose a password that
                  is not easy to guess. The password you specify is checked
                  by VMSINSTAL to ensure that it does not contain any
                  obvious character strings; for example "ALLIN1". (Two VMS
                  accounts, A1$XFER_IN and A1$XFER_OUT, are created during the
                  installation with the password that you specify here.)

                  You are then asked to confirm the password. Enter your
                  password again.

                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 37.

                  STEP 36: Specify the password for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                  accounts


                  Two VMS accounts, A1$XFER_IN and A1$XFER_OUT, are created.
                  These accounts are used for transferring users to other
                  systems. ALL-IN-1 logs in to these accounts, which are on
                  the same disk as the ALL-IN-1 manager's account.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 TRANSFER
                   accounts:

                  Enter the password that you want to use for the Transfer User
                  accounts. (The password is used for both accounts.)

                  You are asked to confirm the password as follows:

               * Please confirm the password you have specified:

                  Enter the password again.

                  If you are performing an upgrade installation, VMSINSTAL goes
                  to STEP 39.

                  STEP 37: Specify the UIC for the ALL-IN-1 manager's VMS
                  account

                  UIC: [___________ , ___________]

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What UIC do you want to use for the account <account_name>:


                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-41

 











                  where <account_name> is the name of the ALL-IN-1 manager's
                  VMS account that you specified in STEP 33.

                  You must enter a unique UIC, with a system group number.

               Note All the ALL-IN-1 shared library files, shared data files,
                  and shared documents are owned by this UIC. Therefore, if
                  disk quota checking is enabled on any of the devices used for
                  ALL-IN-1 areas, this UIC must have a suitably large quota.

                  If you enter an invalid UIC, VMSINSTAL displays:

               To be classified as a System UIC group member, the ALL-IN-1
                   manager's account
               must have the group number in the range 1 through
                   <max_group_number>.
               If you do not want to continue with this installation then answer
                   NO to the
               next question.

               * Do you want to select another UIC value:

                  where <max_group_number> is the maximum group number for a
                  system UIC (MAXSYSGROUP) defined on your system. The default
                  is 10.

                  Enter NO if you do not want to enter another UIC value.
                  VMSINSTAL aborts.

                  Enter YES if you want to enter another UIC value. VMSINSTAL
                  prompts you to enter another UIC.

                  STEP 38: Specify the device and directory for the ALL-IN-1
                  manager's VMS account

                  Device for the ALL-IN-1 manager's account: ...................

                  Directory for the ALL-IN-1 manager's account: ................

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What default device do you want for the ALL-IN-1 Manager's
                   account? [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default SYS$SYSDEVICE:. Otherwise,
                  enter the name. You can use either a physical or logical
                  device name. Logical device names must not begin with A1$ or
                  OA$.

               13-42  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  The following prompt is displayed:

               * What default directory do you want to use for ALL-IN-1
                   Manager's account? [<directory>]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default directory [ALLIN1].

                  If you want to use a different directory, enter the name of
                  the directory.

                  STEP 39: Specify the UICs for the ALL-IN-1 transfer user
                  accounts


                  A1$XFER_IN UIC: [___________ , ___________]

                  A1$XFER_OUT UIC: [___________ , ___________]

                  If the transfer user accounts do not exist, VMSINSTAL
                  displays:

               * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_IN account?:

                  Enter a non-system UIC for the account.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_OUT account?:

                  Enter a non-system UIC for the account.

                  The UIC for each of these accounts need not have the same
                  system group number.

                  If the transfer user accounts already exist, the UICs of the
                  transfer user accounts are checked. If the UICs are system
                  UICs, the following prompt is displayed:

               UIC <uic> must be between <uicgroup> and 377776

               * Do you want to select another UIC for <account> account [YES]?

                  where <uic> is the UIC of the existing transfer user account,
                  <uicgroup> is max_sys_group + 1 (max_sys_group is the highest
                  system group UIC), and <account> is the identity of the
                  transfer user account (that is, A1$XFER_IN or A1$XFER_OUT).

                  If you are performing a new installation, and you created an
                  ALL-IN-1 account before starting the installation, VMSINSTAL
                  goes to STEP 45.

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-43

 











                  If you are performing an upgrade installation, VMSINSTAL goes
                  to STEP 45.


                  STEP 40: Specify the directory to hold the shared library
                  files, in OA$LIB


                  Directory for the shared library files: ......................

                  VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
                  shared library files:

               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared
                   library files [<directory>]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default directory <directory>, where
                  <directory> is the name of the ALL-IN-1 account you specified
                  at STEP 38. Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

                  STEP 41: Specify the directory to hold the shared data files,
                  in OA$DATA


                  Directory for the shared data files: .........................

                  VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
                  shared data files:

               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared data
                   files [<directory>]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default directory which you specified
                  at STEP 40. Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

                  STEP 42: Specify the directory to hold the language files


                  Directory for the language files: ............................

                  VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
                  language files, where <language> is the language that you are
                  installing.

                   o If you are performing a new installation, VMSINSTAL
                     displays:


               13-44  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for all <lang>
                   language files [<directory>]:

                     Press RETURN to use the default directory which you
                     specified at STEP 41. Otherwise, enter the name of the
                     directory.

                   o If you are performing an additional language installation,
                     VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Enter ALL-IN-1 sub-directory required for the <lang> language
                   files [<directory>]:

                     Press RETURN to use the default directory [ALLIN1].
                     Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

                     VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 45.

                  STEP 43: Specify the directory to hold the mail area SDAF
                  file OA$DATA:OA$DAF_E.DAT

                  Directory for the Mail area SDAF file: .......................

                  VMSINSTAL asks you for the name of the directory to hold the
                  SDAF file:

               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the mail area
                   SDAF file [<directory>]:

                  Press RETURN to use the default directory which you specified
                  at STEP 42. Otherwise, enter the name of the directory.

                  STEP 44: Specify the directory to hold the shared directories


                  Directory to hold the shared directories on each device:


                    Device                       Directory

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                    ...........................  ..............................

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-45

 











                    ...........................  ..............................

                  VMSINSTAL asks for the directory names to hold the shared
                  directories on each device specified in STEP 32:

               * Enter the name required for the SHARED DIRECTORY on <device>:?
                   [<directory>]:

                  Press RETURN to select the default directory. Otherwise,
                  enter the directory required. This question is repeated until
                  you have answered it for all the devices you specified.

                  STEP 45: Indicate whether or not you want to run the IVPs


                  Do you want to run the IVPs? ..........

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]?

                  Enter NO if you do not want to run the IVP after the
                  installation.

                  Press RETURN if you want to run the IVP after the instal-
                  lation. The IVP is run automatically at the end of the
                  installation. Any messages output by the IVP are either
                  printed on your hardcopy terminal or inserted into the log
                  file, depending on your choice of media for the log of the
                  installation.

               Note Digital recommends that you run the IVP after installation.

                  VMSINSTAL displays the following message:

               %A1L<lang>-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
               %A1L<lang>-I-SOMTIME, The installation will now continue for some
                   time.
                   No further action is required.

                  If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER Version 1.0, and the installation is being performed
                  in Safety mode, the following message is displayed:

                    File [.DATA_SHARE]PROFILE.DAT prepared to be renamed to
                        [.DATA_SHARE]V23_PROFILE.DAT

                  The ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 file, PROFILE.DAT, is renamed to
                  V23_PROFILE.DAT at a later stage of the installation.

               13-46  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER Version 1.0, and the installation is being per-
                  formed in Non-Safety mode, the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 file,
                  PROFILE.DAT, is renamed to V23_PROFILE.DAT and the following
                  message is displayed:

               File [.DATA_SHARE]PROFILE.DAT renamed to
                   [.DATA_SHARE]V23_PROFILE.DAT

                  If you were asked to enter a language code (see STEP 10),
                  VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 47.

                  If you are installing an additional language, or upgrading or
                  updating an existing language, VMSINSTAL goes to STEP 47.

                  STEP 46: Load the distribution media-Sequence 3


                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1L<lang>-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media exchange required, before
                   installation can continue unaided.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
                  .
                  .
                  .

                  There may be a delay of up to two hours, depending on the
                  configuration of your system, before the media change is
                  required. VMSINSTAL then displays the following:

               Media <device>:A13024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED):
               Dismounted media labeled A13024. Please mount the BASE kit media
                   which
               is labeled A11024 and reply to the prompt below. (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation?

                  Mount the first volume of the distribution media again. This
                  is the volume labeled:

                  ALL-IN-1 V2.4 BASE BIN media_type
                  INTERNATIONAL BASE
                  (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                  media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge.

                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-47

 











                  When you have mounted the volume, enter YES. VMSINSTAL
                  tries to mount the distribution volume. If it succeeds, the
                  following message is displayed:

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on <device>:
               %A1-I-MEDEXCH, Media changed from A1L<lang>024, to A1024
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B . ..
                  .
                  .
                  .

                  where <lang> is the language being installed.


                  STEP 47: Wait for the installation to complete


                  VMSINSTAL has now obtained all the information it requires.

                  VMSINSTAL displays:

               %A1-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

                  The installation proceeds unassisted. It displays messages
                  as it completes tasks or runs into difficulties. The
                  installation may take several hours, depending on the size
                  and load of the system you are using.

                  If you chose to run the IVPs, the IVPs run at the end of the
                  installation.

                  If you chose to integrate WPS-PLUS, the spell check facility
                  is installed with it. If you also chose to run the IVP for
                  this facility, the IVP runs at the end of the installation.

                  If the IVPs are run at the end of the installation, and they
                  are successful, the following message is displayed:

               %A1IVP-I-IVPPASS, The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 have passed.









               13-48  Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  STEP 48: Complete installation


                  When VMSINSTAL has finished installing ALL-IN-1, it displays:

                       Installation of A1 V2.4 completed at <hh:mm>

                  If you invoked VMSINSTAL without specifying any parameters
                  (see STEP 1), VMSINSTAL displays:

               Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products:

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at <hh:mm>

                  <hh:mm> is the current time.

                  Enter EXIT, or press CTRL/Z to exit from VMSINSTAL.

                  Note that VMSINSTAL deletes or changes entries in the process
                  symbol tables during the installation. Therefore, if you are
                  going to continue using the system manager's account and you
                  want to restore these symbols, you must log out and log in
                  again.

                  Carry out the tasks described in Chapter 14 to set up
                  ALL-IN-1 ready for use.




















                             Steps Required for Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  13-49

 

















                                                                             14
               ________________________________________________________________

                                                 After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This chapter describes the tasks to complete so that ALL-IN-1
                  can be run by users.

                  Table 14-1 indicates the sections that you need to refer to
                  in this chapter for the type of installation that you are
                  performing.




























                                           After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-1

 











               Table 14-1    Section Reference Chart

               ________________________________________________________________
               Installation Type     _______________Sub-sections_______________
               ________________________________________________________________
               ______________________1__2,3__4__5___6,7_&_8__9,10___11_________

               New ALL-IN-1 V2.4     *                 *      *      *
               installation

               ALL-IN-1 V2.4                           *             *
               additional language
               installation

               Upgrade from              *   *  *      *      *      *
               ALL-IN-1 V2.3

               Upgrade of an                           *             *
               ALL-IN-1 V2.3
               language

               Upgrade from              *   *  *      *      *      *
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               V1.0

               Upgrade of an                           *             *
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               V1.0 language

               Update of ALL-IN-1            *         *      *      *
               STARTER V2.4

               Update of an                            *             *
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               V2.4 language

               Update of ALL-IN-1                      *      *      *
               V2.4

               ________________________________________________________________
               *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
               +   refer to this section if your users are currently using
                   WPS-PLUS/VMS

                                                       (continued on next page)



               14-2  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               Table 14-1 (Cont.)    Section Reference Chart

               ________________________________________________________________
               Installation Type     _______________Sub-sections_______________
               ________________________________________________________________
               ______________________1__2,3__4__5___6,7_&_8__9,10___11_________

               Update of an                            *             *
               ALL-IN-1 V2.4
               language

               ________________________________________________________________
               ______________________12,13___14_____15,16____17_18__19,20+__21_

               New ALL-IN-1 V2.4       *                         *    *      *
               installation

               ALL-IN-1 V2.4                                                 *
               additional language
               installation

               Upgrade from            *      *       *       *  *    *      *
               ALL-IN-1 V2.3

               Upgrade of an                                                 *
               ALL-IN-1 V2.3
               language

               Upgrade from            *      *                  *    *      *
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               V1.0

               Upgrade of an                                                 *
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               V1.0 language

               Update of ALL-IN-1      *                         *    *      *
               STARTER V2.4

               ________________________________________________________________
               *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
               +   refer to this section if your users are currently using
                   WPS-PLUS/VMS

                                                       (continued on next page)



                                           After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-3

 











               Table 14-1 (Cont.)    Section Reference Chart

               ________________________________________________________________
               Installation Type     _______________Sub-sections_______________
               ________________________________________________________________
               ______________________12,13___14_____15,16____17_18__19,20+__21_

               Update of an                                                  *
               ALL-IN-1 STARTER
               V2.4 language

               Update of ALL-IN-1      *              *          *    *      *
               V2.4

               Update of an                                                  *
               ALL-IN-1 V2.4
               language
               ________________________________________________________________
               *   Indicates that you need to refer to this section
               +   refer to this section if your users are currently using
                   WPS-PLUS/VMS
               ________________________________________________________________

               14.1   Replace the DCLTABLES on VAXcluster Systems

                  If you are installing ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 on a VAXcluster
                  system, you must replace the DCLTABLES on the nodes in the
                  cluster that are not being used to install ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4. Enter the following commands on each of these nodes:

                    $ INSTALL
                    INSTALL> REPLACE SYS$SHARE:DCLTABLES /OPEN /SHARE -
                    _INSTALL> /HEAD_RES
                    INSTALL> EXIT

                  You need only do this once after you have installed ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4.

                  The ALL-IN-1 installation procedure does this automatically
                  for the node on which you are installing ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4.







               14-4  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               14.2   Convert the User Profiles

                  An extra field has been added to the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                  user profile master file. During installation the ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.3 file, PROFILE.DAT, is renamed to V23_PROFILE.DAT,
                  and a new PROFILE.DAT file is created. Therefore, you must
                  convert entries in V23_PROFILE.DAT to entries in the new
                  PROFILE.DAT. Do this by entering the following commands:

                    $ ALLIN1/NOINITIALIZATION
                    Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN OA$LIB:MANAGER
                    Enter CMD: OA$CNV_CONVERT V23_PROFIL, PROFIL
                    Enter CMD: EXIT

               14.3   Update the License Count and Subscriber Count for
                     ALL-IN-1

                  If you have a subscriber license (ALLIN1-PERSONAL), you
                  must initialize the license count and subscriber count for
                  ALL-IN-1. Do this as follows:

                   1 From ALL-IN-1, enter MGT MAL

                   2 Enter UCL to initialize the license count

                   3 Enter UNA to initialize the subscriber count

                   4 Enter EXIT

               14.4   Delete Files That Are No Longer Required

                  If you upgraded from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  Version 1.0, or updated from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, various
                  files remain in the SYSTEM directories. You can delete these
                  files to increase your disk space. The files are:

                   o For an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 upgrade:

                        SYS$HELP:A1023.RELEASE_NOTES
                        SYS$HELP:A1Llang023.RELEASE_NOTES
                        SYS$HELP:A1Cmarket023.RELEASE_NOTES, if available
                        SYS$MANAGER:A1V23START.COM

                   o For an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0 upgrade:

                        SYS$HELP:AS010.RELEASE_NOTES
                        SYS$HELP:ASLlang010.RELEASE_NOTES
                        SYS$HELP:ASCmarket010.RELEASE_NOTES (if available)
                        SYS$MANAGER:AS010START.COM
                        SYS$MANAGER:AS010_PRE_V23UPGRADE.COM

                                           After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-5

 











                        SYS$MANAGER:OA$FORMATTER_START.COM

                   o For an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 2.4 update:

                        SYS$HELP:AS024.RELEASE_NOTES
                        SYS$HELP:ASLlang024.RELEASE_NOTES
                        SYS$HELP:ASCmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES (if available)
                        SYS$MANAGER:AS024START.COM
                        SYS$MANAGER:AS024_PRE_V24UPGRADE.COM
                        SYS$MANAGER:OA$FORMATTER_START.COM

               14.5   Convert the Format of OA$DATA_SHARE: SM_USED_UIC.DAT

                  The format of the data file OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT
                  has changed from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 and ALL-IN-1 STARTER
                  Version 1.0. If you are upgrading from one of these ALL-IN-1
                  systems, convert the data file as follows:

               $ CONVERT/FDL=OA$LIB_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC -
                  OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT
               $ PURGE OA$DATA_SHARE:SM_USED_UIC.DAT

               14.6   Execute the ALL-IN-1 Startup Command Procedure

                  The ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure, SYS$MANAGER:
                  A1V24START.COM, is supplied with ALL-IN-1. This startup
                  command procedure must be executed before using ALL-IN-1.
                  If you are running ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster system, you must
                  execute the startup command procedure on every node in the
                  cluster.

                  14.6.1  After a New Installation

                  If you are performing a new installation add the following
                  command to the VMS system manager's site startup command
                  procedure:

                  $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM device:[directory.DATA_SHARE]

                  where device:[directory.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 configuration file:

                   o device is the device that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                     data files

                   o directory is the top-level directory that you specified
                     for the ALL-IN-1 data files

                  You must include the location as part of the command.

               14-6  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                  This entry must be entered after the SYS$MANAGER:STARTNET.COM
                  and SYS$MANAGER:MB$CONTROL START=(DDS,TS,...,ER) entries.

                  If you run A1V24START.COM from the DCL prompt, you need not
                  enter the location. In this case you are prompted for the
                  location as follows:

                  Enter the location of the file A1CONFIG.DAT:

                  Enter the location of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 configuration
                  file, A1CONFIG.DAT. Refer to the log of the installation for
                  the location of A1CONFIG.DAT.

               Note If you are running ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster system, you
                  must execute the ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure on each
                  node in the cluster. Therefore, you must modify the entry
                  in the startup command procedure on each node. You must also
                  edit OA$BUILD_SHARE: OA$FORMATTER_START.COM, as specified in
                  the command file itself.

                  14.6.2  After an Upgrade Installation

                  If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-IN-1
                  STARTER Version 1.0, or updating an ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version
                  2.4 system, make sure that the ALL-IN-1 environment is
                  established after the system is shut down by replacing the
                  following entries in the VMS system manager's site startup
                  procedure:

                  $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V23START.COM      for ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                  location

                  $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1S010START.COM     for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V1.0
                  location

                  $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1S024START.COM     for ALL-IN-1 STARTER V2.4
                  location

                  Change the entry to:

                  $ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START.COM device:[directory.DATA_SHARE]

                  where device:[directory.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 configuration file:

                   o device is the device that you specified for the ALL-IN-1
                     data files

                                           After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-7

 











                   o directory is the top-level directory that you specified
                     for the ALL-IN-1 data files

                  The location of A1CONFIG.DAT, is given in the log of the
                  installation. You must include the location as part of the
                  command.

                  This entry must be entered after the SYS$MANAGER:STARTNET.COM
                  and SYS$MANAGER:MB$CONTROL START=(DDS,TS,...,ER) entries.

                  If you run A1V24START.COM from the DCL prompt, you need not
                  enter the location. In this case you are prompted for the
                  location as follows:

                  Enter the location of the file A1CONFIG.DAT:

                  Enter the location of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 configuration
                  file, A1CONFIG.DAT. Refer to the log of the installation for
                  the location of A1CONFIG.DAT.

               Note If you are running ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster system, you
                  must execute the ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure on each
                  node in the cluster. Therefore, you must modify the entry in
                  the startup command procedure on each node.

                  One of the tasks performed by the startup command procedure
                  is to start the mail Sender and Fetcher.

                  14.6.3  Site-Specific Startup Procedures

                  You must not edit the ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure
                  A1V24START.COM. Instead, you must create your own startup
                  command procedures:

                   o A1V24_SITE_START.COM

                     This is the site-specific startup command procedure and
                     must be placed in the OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE directory. This
                     command procedure is called by A1V24START.COM after all
                     language-specific startup command procedures, if any.

                     If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3, and you
                     have a site-specific startup command procedure that you
                     want to keep, rename it from A1V23_SITE_START.COM to
                     A1V24_SITE_START.COM (see Section 1.8.18). You may also
                     need to check the command procedure to ensure that it
                     reflects the configuration of your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                     system.

               14-8  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o OA$SITE_language_START.COM

                     This is the language-specific startup command procedure
                     and must be placed in the directory device:[directory.SITE.SOURCES_
                     language] for the language concerned, where device is the
                     device containing the language files, and directory is the
                     name of the top-level directory of your ALL-IN-1 Version
                     2.4 system. If you are running a multilingual ALL-IN-1
                     system, you can have one of these command procedures for
                     each language installed.

                  Note You can specify the directory for your default language
                     using the logical name OA$SITE_BUILD_LLV.

                     If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3, you may
                     also need to check the command procedure to ensure that it
                     reflects the configuration of your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4
                     system.

                  These command procedures, if present, are executed by the
                  ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure, A1V24START.COM.

                  14.6.4  How to Handle Errors Relating to Images Not Installed

                  On startup, if any error messages are displayed relating to
                  images that are not installed, use the Install Utility to
                  install those images before executing this procedure again.
                  For example:

                    $ INSTALL
                    INSTALL> ADD SYS$SHARE:RDBSHR /OPEN /HEAD_RES /SHARED

                  The images that you must install in this way are those
                  referenced by optional products that you have integrated
                  with the ALL-IN-1 image. Examples are RDBSHR or ACMSHR, which
                  may be referenced by DATATRIEVE and ACMS.

                  For more details of the Install Utility, see the VMS manual
                  describing the Install Utility.

                  ALL-IN-1 can now be run with the ALLIN1 command qualifiers as
                  follows:

                  $ ALLIN1[/qualifier[=argument][/qualifier[=argument]] ...]

                  There are a number of command-line qualifiers that you can
                  use with the ALLIN1 command. These are described in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

                                           After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-9

 











                  If you have installed an additional language, run ALL-IN-1
                  using the qualifier /LANGUAGE, where language is the name of
                  the language that you have just installed (see the ALL-IN-1
                  Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation for this
                  language).

               14.7   Compile and Install the TXLs

                  A text library (TXL) contains the most frequently used
                  scripts and document templates. The TXL is installed as a
                  VMS global section. This makes access faster and uses memory
                  more efficiently. After installing ALL-IN-1, you must compile
                  and install the ALL-IN-1 TXL and site-specific TXL.

                  If you chose to run the IVPs automatically after installa-
                  tion, and the IVPs complete successfully, the ALL-IN-1 TXL
                  (and site-specific TXL) is already compiled and installed on
                  the node that you used to install ALL-IN-1. If you installed
                  ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster system, you must install the TXLs on
                  the remaining nodes in the cluster.

                  If you need to compile and install the ALL-IN-1 TXL, do the
                  following:

                   1 Enter the DCL command:

                     $ DIRECTORY /SECURITY OA$LIB:A1TXL.TXL

                     If the file does not exist carry out steps 2 to 5.

                     Check that the protection of the TXL is set to:

                     SYSTEM:RWED, OWNER:RWED, GROUP:RE, WORLD:RE

                     If the protection is not set to this, use the SET FILE
                     /PROTECTION command to change the protection.

                   2 Log in to the VMS account belonging to the ALL-IN-1
                     manager.

                   3 Enter the following commands:

                       $ ALLIN1 /NOINITIALIZE /LANGUAGE=language
                       Enter CMD: DO OA$LIB:CM_CTX

                     where language is the language associated with the TXL to
                     be compiled.

               14-10  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                     The following prompt is displayed:

                     Do you really want to compile the ALL-IN-1 TXL? [Y/N]?

                     If you want to compile and install the TXL, enter YES. The
                     following message is subsequently displayed:

                     ALL-IN-1 TXL compiled and installed.

                     If you do not want to compile and install the TXL, enter
                     NO.

                   4 When the script has finished, enter:

                     Enter CMD: EXIT

                   5 Check the protection of the TXL as described in step 1.

                  If you are upgrading from a customized ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3
                  system, you need to create a site-specific TXL. Compile and
                  install it as follows:

                   1 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER /LANGUAGE=language

                   2 Enter MGT to display the ALL-IN-1 Management menu.

                   3 Press NEXT SCREEN to display the second screen of the
                     Management menu.

                   4 Enter CSZ to display the System Customization Management
                     menu.

                   5 Enter CCM to compile the site-specific TXL.

                     ALL-IN-1 displays the following prompt:

                     Do you really want to compile the CDS TXL? [Y/N]

                     Enter YES.

                     The following message is subsequently displayed:

                     CDS TXL compiled and installed.

                   6 Exit ALL-IN-1 and set the protection of the site-specific
                     TXL,
                     OA$SITE_LIB_language:CMTXL.TXL, to the following:

                      SYSTEM:RWED  OWNER:RWED  GROUP:RE  WORLD:RE

                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-11

 











                   7 If you want the site-specific TXL installed in memory,
                     repeat steps 1 to 5 and then answer Y to both prompts.

                  If ALL-IN-1 is later shut down you do not need to install
                  the TXL again, as it is automatically installed when ALL-IN-1
                  starts up. However, if you need to install ALL-IN-1 again,
                  you must also install the TXL(s) again.

                  If you have installed more than one language, you must
                  compile and install the TXLs once for each language.

                  For details of the TXLs, see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

               14.8   Compile and Install Your Form Libraries

                  Digital recommends that you always compile form libraries,
                  as this lessens the demand on the system. However, this
                  uses extra disk space because there are two versions of the
                  library on disk-a compiled version and an uncompiled version.
                  Both versions are needed for the forms to display.

                  The ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure, A1V24START.COM,
                  installs the following form libraries as global sections
                  in memory:

                   o OA$LIB_language:MEMRES

                   o OA$LIB_language:OAFORM

                   o OA$SITE_LIB_language:SITEMEMRES

                   o OA$SITE_LIB_language:SITEOAFORM

                  If you have any application-specific form libraries, see the
                  ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details of how to compile and,
                  optionally, install them.

                  If you are installing ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster system, you
                  must install the form libraries on the remaining nodes in the
                  cluster.

               14.9   How to Set Up a Remote Message Router

                  If you want to use a remote Message Router, you must do the
                  following:

                   1 On the node where Message Router is installed, add a
                     mailbox entry for the ALL-IN-1 system that you have
                     just installed (see the Message Router books for more
                     information about mailboxes). To set up a mailbox, log in

               14-12  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                     to the MBMANAGER account on the node where Message Router
                     is running, and enter the following commands:

                     $ RUN SYS$SYSTEM:MRMAN

                     Enter the following:

                       MRM> ADD name /REMOTE_RESTRICTION=nodename
                              /PASSWORD=password /SYSTEM

                     where:

                      - name is the mailbox name displayed during ALL-IN-1
                        installation; that is, <local_node>A1, where <local_
                        node> is the name of the node where you have installed
                        ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4. The name must be unique to the
                        Message Router system.

                      - nodename is the DECnet nodename where ALL-IN-1 is
                        installed.

                      - password is the mailbox password you specified during
                        the ALL-IN-1 installation. If you cannot remember
                        this password, you must change it here, and also
                        in ALL-IN-1, using the Manage Messaging menu. The
                        password must be the same in the Message Router mailbox
                        directory and in ALL-IN-1. To change the mailbox
                        password use the Change mailbox password (CMP) option
                        on the Manage Messaging menu. See the ALL-IN-1 Mail
                        Management Guide for details.

                   2 Exit from the Message Router management utility:

                     MRM> EXIT

               14.10   Setting Up the Message Router Transfer Service

                  To send mail to remote nodes, each node that runs ALL-IN-1
                  must have access to Message Router Version 3.1 or later. If
                  Message Router is not installed at the local node, ALL-IN-1
                  can use the Message Router on another node.

                  You must also define the logical name MR$NODE. This informs
                  ALL-IN-1 whether or not Message Router is available. Set this
                  logical name and redefine it in the ALL-IN-1 startup file to:

                  nodename::"22="

                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-13

 











                  where nodename is the name of the node on which Message
                  Router is installed. This must be defined whether you have
                  Message Router on the same node as ALL-IN-1 or on a remote
                  node.

                  If your system does not use the Mail directory, and does use
                  area routing, you must define the logical name OA$MTI_AREA.
                  This defines the area code for your system. You must define
                  this logical name to enable users on other systems to reply
                  to mail from your system. This logical name is not defined
                  at installation, so if you do need it, you must define it
                  afterward.

                  Set this logical name OA$MTI_AREA, and redefine it in the
                  ALL-IN-1 startup file to:

                  mailbox @primary node @area name

                  where:

                   o mailbox is the same as defined for the logical name
                     OA$MTI_MAILBX

                   o primary node is the same as defined for the logical name
                     OA$PRIMARY_NODE

                   o area name is the area code for your system.

                  14.10.1  Configuring the VMSmail Gateway

                  To enable all the nodes in a common-environment cluster to
                  access a Message Router VMSmail Gateway started on one of the
                  nodes only, define the logical name MRGATE to the following
                  on each of the nodes that does not have the gateway started:

                     node::MR%

                     where node is the node where the gateway is running.

                  If the VMSmail Gateway is not installed on your node or
                  cluster, users can use one that is installed on another
                  node. To hide this from your users, so that they do not
                  need to know where the gateway is, make an entry for the
                  remote gateway in the mailbox directory of the Message Router
                  Transfer Service. To do this, use the Message Router Utility,
                  MRMAN, from the MB manager's account and enter the command:

                     MRM> ADD MRGATE="MRGATE @node"

                     where node is the node where the gateway is installed.

                  See the Message Router documentation for more information.

               14-14  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               14.11   Diagnostic Tools

                  The following tools are available with ALL-IN-1 for
                  diagnosing problems:

                   o Verify Mode

                     Verify mode lets you look at DCL subcommands.

                     To turn Verify Mode on, press GOLD VERIFY ON.

                     To turn Verify Mode off, press GOLD VERIFY OFF.

                   o Show Named Data

                     Press CTRL/NAMED DATA to display the named data of the
                     form you are using.

                   o Display Fields in a Form

                     Press CTRL/VIEW to display the fields of the form you are
                     using.

                   o Trace Utility

                     The Trace Utility lets you set or clear trace mode flags
                     that govern the areas and extents of tracing and the
                     destination of trace output.

                     You can use the Trace Utility in one of two ways, as
                     follows:

                      1 Within ALL-IN-1 press GOLD TRACE. The Trace Flag
                        Argument Form is displayed. See the Application
                        Programming books for details.

                      2 Within ALL-IN-1 use the OA$TRA_SET function. See the
                        Application Programming books for details.

                  The keys are defined in the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide.

               14.12   Set the Global Buffers

                  During the installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, global
                  buffers are allocated to the data files shown in Table 14-2:



                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-15

 











                  Table 14-2    Global Buffer Allocations

                  _____________________________________________________________
                  System_File________________Number_of_Global_Buffers__________

                  OA$DATA:PROFILE.DAT        n + 1

                  OA$SHARE:OA$DAF_E.DAT      n + 1

                  OA$DATA:MEETING.DAT        5

                  OA$DATA:ATTENDEE.DAT       n + 1

                  OA$DATA:PENDING.DAT        n + 1
                  _____________________________________________________________
                  n is the maximum number of users
                  _____________________________________________________________

                  During the installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, the number
                  you enter at the prompt "What will be the greatest number
                  of simultaneous ALL-IN-1 users" is used to calculate initial
                  values for these global buffers. If you later increase this
                  value, you should recalculate the global buffers using the
                  table; change them using the DCL command:

                  $ SET FILE /GLOBAL_BUFFER filename

               Note ALL-IN-1 must be shut down first.

                  To save these values permanently edit the appropriate FDL
                  files for these files. You may also need to increase values
                  of certain SYSGEN parameters, notably GBLPAGFIL and GBLPAGES.
                  GBLPAGES is calculated as described in Section 1.8.

               14.13   Set the Terminal and Queue Characteristics for Printers

                  For most of the supported system printers, you can use the
                  default VMS queue characteristics. However, if you have one
                  or more LQP02, LQP03, or LN03 printers on your system, you
                  must set the terminal and queue characteristics for each of
                  these printers.

               Note If you have DECpage on your system, see the DECpage
                  Installation Guide for the printer settings required for
                  DECpage.

                  See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details of how to set
                  up the printers.

               14-16  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











               14.14   Modifications Required for VTX

                  If you have upgraded from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-
                  IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, you must change the foreground
                  function for the VTX entry in the Printer Types Master file
                  as follows:

                   1 From ALL-IN-1, enter MGT MPR PT. The Manage Printer Types
                     menu is displayed

                   2 Press SELECT and enter VTX

                   3 Enter E to edit the Printer Types Master file for VTX. The
                     Printer Types Master form is displayed

                   4 Move the cursor to the Foreground function field and press
                     ERASE LINE

                   5 Enter DO VTXOUT

                   6 Press RETURN to complete the entry

               14.15   Replacing the Help Modules for Your Application

                  If you are upgrading or updating ALL-IN-1, and you had an
                  application that was not created using the Customization
                  Management subsystem, you must now replace the help modules
                  in the appropriate help libraries:

                   1 Format the module with RUNOFF:

                     $ RUNOFF module_name

                   2 Replace both the source text and the formatted text in the
                     appropriate libraries:

                     $ LIBRARY/HELP/REPLACE OA$LIB:OAHELP.HLB module_name.MEM

                     $ LIBRARY/HELP/REPLACE OA$BUILD:HLPSOURCE.HLB module_
                     name.RNO

               14.16   Reschedule the ALL-IN-1 Housekeeping Procedures

                  If you are performing an upgrade or update installation,
                  you must reschedule your ALL-IN-1 housekeeping procedures.
                  See the the chapter on ALL-IN-1 housekeeping in the ALL-IN-1
                  Management Guide.

                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-17

 











               14.17   Changes Required if DECmail No Longer In Use

                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 does not provide an interface to
                  DECmail. Therefore, if you upgraded from ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.3, the DECmail interface is no longer available to your
                  users. Any users that used DECmail may receive error messages
                  when they log in to ALL-IN-1. The error messages will be
                  received if:

                   o The field MAIL_MENU is set to EMD

                   o The field START is set to either EMD or EMD1

                  To remove this problem, enter the command:

                  <DO OA$LIB:EMEMD_PROFIL_UPDATE.SCP

                  This script:

                   1 Checks each user's account details and, if the fields
                     MAIL_MENU and START are set as described above, changes
                     the fields to EMC.

                   2 Checks to see if the files CNVDMI., MIGRATE.EXE,
                     MIGRATE.COM, MIGRATE.BAS and MIGRATE.OBJ exist, and if
                     so, deletes them.

               14.18   Mail Directory Setup

                  If you chose to use either the ALL-IN-1 directory (that is,
                  OA$DDS_PRIME equal to 1) or the Mail directory (that is,
                  OA$DDS_PRIME equal to 2) as the primary mail directory, then
                  after installation you have:

                   o A user agent entry name and password. The user agent entry
                     name is OA$node$ALLIN1 for a new or upgrade installation,
                     where node is either the node name or the cluster alias
                     for the system on which you are installing ALL-IN-1. For
                     example, OA$LYNX$ALLIN1.

                     The user agent entry password is the Mail directory
                     password that you entered during the installation (see
                     STEP 23 in Chapter 13).

                   o A subscriber entry for the ALL-IN-1 manager. The proxy
                     attribute of the subscriber entry is the name of the local
                     ALL-IN-1 user agent entry (OA$node$ALLIN1). This attribute
                     gives ALL-IN-1 proxy access to the manager's entry, so
                     that ALL-IN-1 can update and access the entry.

               14-18  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   o UAPASSWRD.DAT which contains the name of the user agent
                     object and the user agent password, from the first item in
                     this list.

                  Before you can use the Mail directory you must perform the
                  actions described in the following steps:

                   1 If area routing is in use at your site, you need to
                     know the area code for use at step 3. Run the MAILbus
                     Configuration Procedure to display the current Transfer
                     Service settings in use at your site. Enter the DCL
                     command:

                     $ @SYS$MANAGER:MB$CONFIG

                     To list the current settings of the configuration
                     parameters, enter:

                     MBC> SHOW TS

                     The area code is displayed, along with other settings, as
                     follows:

                          .
                          .
                          .
                       Transfer Service uses area routing
                       Area Code : <area_code>
                          .
                          .
                          .

                     <area_code> is the area code in use at your site.

                     Enter EXIT, or press CTRL/Z, to exit from the MAILbus
                     Configuration Procedure. For more details of this command,
                     see the Message Router books.

                   2 Log in to the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account as
                     follows:

                     $ ALLIN1 /USERNAME=MANAGER

                   3 Enter the following commands from ALL-IN-1:

                       <GET #ORGNAME="orgname"
                       <GET #LOCATION="location"

                     where:

                      - orgname is the name of your company or organization

                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-19

 











                      - location is the location of your users

                     If area routing is in use at your site, you must also
                     enter:

                     <GET #AREA="area_code"

                     area_code is the area code (obtained at step 1) for the
                     area that includes your system.

                   4 Enter the following command:

                     <DO OA$LIB:USERAGENT_POST

                     This DO script:

                      a Updates the user agent entry in OA$DATA_SHARE:
                        UAPASSWRD.DAT with the Mail directory identity obtained
                        from the user agent object in the Mail directory. (The
                        ALL-IN-1 user agent is now available for all users.)

                      b Sets the Mail directory field in the ALL-IN-1 manager's
                        account details to Y.

                      c Copies details from the ALL-IN-1 manager's profile
                        entry, which was created during installation, into
                        the manager's Mail directory subscriber entry. It also
                        copies the manager's Mail directory identifier into the
                        manager's ALL-IN-1 account details from the subscriber
                        entry.

                      d Updates the ALL-IN-1 user agent object in the Mail
                        directory with the values you supplied for organization
                        name and location.

                      e Creates a mail address that is used for all the Mail
                        directory subscribers owned by the user agent. The
                        mail address comprises the name of the ALL-IN-1 Message
                        Router mailbox (OA$MTI_MAILBX), and the name of the
                        node or cluster running the Message Router to be used
                        by ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 (OA$PRIMARY_NODE). If area
                        routing is in use at your site, the network address
                        also includes the area code that you specified in step
                        1. The mail address is identified by the symbol OA$DDS_
                        AREA_ROUTE.

                     If you are performing a first full installation of
                     ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 omit the next step.

               14-20  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   5 If you are performing an upgrade or an update installation
                     in which you have elected to use Mail directory addressing
                     for the first time, see the ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide
                     on how to populate the Mail directory.


               14.19   ALL-IN-1 Setup

                  After you have installed ALL-IN-1 there are a number of tasks
                  that you need to do to set up ALL-IN-1 before users can start
                  to use the system (see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for
                  details):

                   o If you have integrated WPS-PLUS with ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4,
                     set up the terminal characteristics so that your users can
                     use WPS-PLUS

                   o If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or
                     ALL-IN-1 STARTER Version 1.0, see the ALL-IN-1 Version
                     2.4 Differences document

                   o If you are upgrading from ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 or ALL-IN-1
                     STARTER Version 1.0, distribute the online ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4 User Changes document to your users

                   o Specify the schedule for the automated housekeeping
                     procedures

                   o Specify the batch queue or queues for the housekeeping
                     procedures

                   o Allow the ALL-IN-1 mail manager access to the Manage
                     Messaging menu

                   o Create areas for the storage of documents that the users
                     have archived

                   o Create additional mail areas, if required

                   o Do the following tasks before an administrator can use the
                     Administration menu:

                      - Check the default policies for administration tasks

                      - Create account templates

                      - Nominate an administrator

                   o Define users' working environments

                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-21

 











                   o Initialize and start the printer queues, and identify
                     printers to ALL-IN-1

                   o Set suitable system parameters for your system

                   o Set a routine for backing up your system

                   o Set a routine for monitoring your system's performance

                   o Set up the links with systems not in your DECnet network,
                     if required

                  There are a number of tasks that you must do before users can
                  start using the Electronic Messaging subsystem of ALL-IN-1
                  to exchange mail with other nodes in the network (see the
                  ALL-IN-1 Mail Management Guide):

                   o Configure Message Router for ALL-IN-1 if you want to use
                     the Message Router exception reporting facility

                   o Set up the network profile

                   o Remove the mailbox password, if the password is not
                     required

                   o Set up the mailbox

                   o Populate the Mail directory with subscriber entries (after
                     setting up the Mail directory (see Section 14.18))

                   o Limit the Number of Addressees in Mail Messages)

                   o Set up WPS-PLUS translation

               14.20   Convert WPS-PLUS/VMS Documents to ALL-IN-1

                  If your system is currently running WPS-PLUS/VMS and users
                  want to use documents created with WPS-PLUS/VMS from within
                  ALL-IN-1, each user must do the following:

                   1 Give each ALL-IN-1 user who wants to convert their
                     WPS-PLUS/VMS documents the ALL-IN-1 DCL and CMD privi-
                     leges. See the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide for details of
                     setting these privileges. If you normally restrict this
                     access, reset it after conversion is complete.



               14-22  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                   2 Check that the directory containing the WPS-PLUS/VMS File
                     Cabinet exists by entering the following command:

                     $ DIRECTORY /PROTECTION disk:[username.WPSPLUS...]*.*

                     where:

                      - disk is the name of the user's VMS disk

                      - username is the VMS username

                     This command lists all the files in the WPS-PLUS/VMS
                     account belonging to the user.

                   3 Make sure that all files have the following minimum
                     protection:

                     (S:RWD,O:RWE,,)

                   4 Run ALL-IN-1.

                   5 Enter WP to display the Word and Document Processing menu.

                   6 Enter the following command:

                     <DO OA$LIB:WPCOPY

                   7 Enter the full directory specification of the WPS-PLUS/VMS
                     directory (for example, DISK1:[HUDSON.WPSPLUS]) at the
                     following prompt:

                     Enter directory of old File Cabinet

                   8 Enter the full directory specification of the ALL-IN-1
                     directory (for example, DISK1:[HUDSON.A1]) at the
                     following prompt:

                     Enter directory of new File Cabinet

                  Note You cannot have the ALL-IN-1 and WPS-PLUS/VMS versions
                     of the DOCDB.DAT files in the same VMS directory.

                   9 Enter A to copy all documents at once, or C to check
                     before each file is copied, at the prompt:

                     Copy All documents at once or Check each one <A/C> <A>:

                     When conversion is complete, ALL-IN-1 returns you to the
                     Word and Document Processing menu.

                                          After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4  14-23

 











                   10To convert your User Defined Process [.UDP] files, do the
                     following:

                      a From the Word and Document Processing menu, enter $.

                        ALL-IN-1 places you in the subprocess.

                      b Enter the following command:

                        $ COPY /LOG [username.WPSPLUS.UDP]*.UDP [.UDP]*.*

                        where username is the user's top-level VMS directory,
                        as recorded in the SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT file.

                      c When the copying is finished, press EXIT to return to
                        ALL-IN-1.

               Note If you want to use the converted documents when using
                  ALL-IN-1, your default editor must be WPS-PLUS.

               14.21   Determining and Reporting Problems

                  If you find an error in the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 books, you
                  should fill out and submit the Reader's Comments form at the
                  back of the document in which the error was found. Include
                  the section and page number where the error was found.

                  If an error occurs while ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 is being used
                  and you believe that the error is caused by a problem with
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, take one of the following actions:

                   o Contact your Customer Support Center, if you have a System
                     Support Agreement or are covered by warranty (see your
                     Software Warranty Addendum)

                   o If you think the problem is caused by a software error,
                     you can submit a Software Performance Report (SPR)











               14-24  After Installing ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 

















                                                                              A
               ________________________________________________________________

                                  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media




                  This appendix contains a list of the files on the ALL-IN-1
                  distribution media.

               A.1   Magnetic Tape and TK50 Kits

                  The ALL-IN-1 files are supplied on three pieces of media, one
                  for each component of ALL-IN-1 (that is, base, language and
                  market). The media are labeled as follows:

                   o ALL-IN-1 V2.4 BASE BIN media_type
                     INTERNATIONAL BASE
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     This contains save sets A1024.A to A1024.E. A list of the
                     files in these save sets is given in Section A.3.

                   o ALL-IN-1 V2.4 market BIN media_type
                     MARKET COMPONENT
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     This contains save sets A1Ccode024.A and A1Ccode024.B,
                     where market is the name of your market and code is the
                     market code (up to three characters). A list of the files
                     in these save sets is given in the ALL-IN-1 Installation
                     Guide Part 3 Market Installation.

                   o ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language BIN media_type
                     LANGUAGE COMPONENT
                     (c) 1989 Digital Equipment Corp.

                     This contains save sets A1Llang024.A to A1Llang024.H,
                     where language is the name of the language and lang is the
                     language code of the language being installed (up to nine
                     characters). A list of the files in these save sets is

                             Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media  A-1

 











                     given in the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language
                     Installation.

                  media_type is 16MT9 for tape and TK50 for a TK50 cartridge

               Note *.ELE files are used by the installation procedure to
                  transfer the files to the correct place. These files are
                  removed when the installation is completed.

                  Each saveset has a unique kit revision identifier,
                  <revision>. For example, A1024BASEA.REV_A.

               A.2   Compact Disk Consolidated Software Distribution Kits

                  The compact disk (CD) for your market contains directories
                  of the form [A1lang024], where lang is the ALL-IN-1 language
                  available to you. For example, [A1ENGLISH024]. This directory
                  contains two subdirectories; one containing the save sets for
                  the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kit, the other containing various
                  documentation (in ASCII text format).

                  All the save sets required to install the base, language,
                  and market components for your kit are in the directory
                  [A1lang024.KIT]. The documentation is in the directory
                  [A1lang024.LINE_DOCS].

                  The save sets of the base component are:

                     A1024.A
                     A1024.B
                     A1024.C
                     A1024.D
                     A1024.E

                  A list of the files in these save sets is given in
                  Section A.3.

                  The save sets of the language component are:

                     A1Llang024.A
                     A1Llang024.B
                     A1Llang024.C
                     A1Llang024.D
                     A1Llang024.E
                     A1Llang024.F
                     A1Llang024.G
                     A1Llang024.H
                     A1LRlang024.A (Release Notes Part 1 Language)

               A-2  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media

 











                  A list of the files in these save sets is given in the
                  ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide Part 2 Language Installation.

                  A list of the files in these save sets is given in
                  Section A.3.

                  The save sets of the market component are:

                     A1Cmarket024.A
                     A1Cmarket024.B
                     A1CRmarket024.A (Release Notes Part 2 Market)

                  A list of the files in these save sets is given in the ALL-
                  IN-1 Installation Guide Part 3 Market Installation.

                  This directory also contains the following:

                   o VAX Forms Management System (FMS) Version 2.4

                        FMS024.A
                        FMS024.B

                   o Message Router Version 3.1

                        MR031.A
                        MR031.B

                   o Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1

                        MRGATE031.A
                        MRGATE031.B

                   o Compound Document Architecture Converter Library Version
                     1.0

                        CDACVTLIB010.A
                        CDACVTLIB010.B

                  The documentation directory contains the following:

                   o The ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide:

                        A1024_INSTALL_GUIDE.TXT
                        A1Llang024_INSTALL_GUIDE.TXT
                        A1Cmarket024_INSTALL_GUIDE.TXT

                   o The Read Me First:

                        A1024_READ_ME_FIRST.TXT

                   o A Software Product Description (SPD):

                        A1024_SPD.TXT

                             Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media  A-3

 











                   o A System Support Addendum (SSA):

                        A1024_SSA.TXT

                   o A Software Warranty Addendum (SWA):

                        A1024_SWA.TXT

               A.3   List of Files in Each Saveset

                  Save Set: A1024.A

               A1024.RELEASE_NOTES;1
               A1024BASEA.REV_<revision>;1
               A1LINK.COM;1        A1LNKASK.COM;1      A1LNKDRV.COM;1
               DIRBASEA.ELE;1      KICHECKS.COM;1      KICHKDEV.COM;1
               KICHKFMS.COM;1      KICHKINIT.COM;1     KICHKMR.COM;1
               KICHKPARAMS.COM;1   KICHKSHR.COM;1      KICHKSPACE.COM;1
               KICREACC.COM;1      KICREDIR.COM;1      KICURRENCY.COM;1
               KIDATES.COM;1       KIIMAGES.COM;1      KIIVP.COM;1
               KIIVP.SCP;1         KIIVP_FILE_LIST.COM;1
               KIKEYBOARD.COM;1    KILMF.COM;1         KILOGICALS.COM;1
               KINEWDB.COM;1       KIPOSTINSTALL.COM;1 KIPREFIX.COM;1
               KIQUESTIONS.COM;1   KIQUOTA.COM;1       KIRECOG.COM;1
               KISPELL.COM;1       KISPLIT.COM;1       KITINSTAL.COM;1
               KIUPDATE.COM;1      KIUPGET.COM;1       LLVDATALIST.DAT;1
               LLVLIBLIST.DAT;1    PARAMETERS.DAT;1

               Total of 39 files.



















               A-4  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media

 











                  Save Set: A1024.B

               A1024BASEB.REV_<revision>;1
               A1CONFIG_BASE_PREPOP.SCP;1
               A1CONFIG_LANGUAGE_PREPOP.SCP;1          A1ENCODE.CLD;1
               A1ENCODE.EXE;1      A1IVP.OBJ;1         A1SUBMIT.CLD;1
               A1V24START.COM;1    ACTITEM.FDL;1       AFS.CDA$OPTIONS;1
               AIBRIEF.BLP;1       ALLFORMS.COM;1      ALLIN1.HLP;1
               APNDELETE.SCP;1     APPL_INT.SCP;1      ARCHIVE_CREATE_AREA.COM;1
               ARCHIVE_CREATE_AREA.SCP;1               ARCHIVE_DELETE_AREA.COM;1
               ARCHIVE_DIR_OWN.COM;1
               ARCHIVE_DOCS_PENDING_RECOVERY.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_DOCUMENTS.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_EDIT_AREA.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_EXCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_EXCLUDE_USERS.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_INCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_INCLUDE_USERS.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_MARK_DOCUMENT_PENDING.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_MOVE_AREA_TO_TAPE.COM;1
               ARCHIVE_MOVE_AREA_TO_TAPE.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_MOVE_TAPE_TO_AREA.COM;1
               ARCHIVE_MOVE_TAPE_TO_AREA.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_PENDING_DOCUMENTS.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_PROCESS_RESTORE_REQS.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_RESTORE_USER_DOCUMENTS.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_RESTORE_USER_REQUEST.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_SCHEDULE_ARCHIVE.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_SETS_DATA.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_SET_AREA_ACTIVE.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_SET_AREA_ONLINE.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_SET_DOCUMENT_PENDING.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_SYS_EXCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_SYS_INCLUDE_FOLDERS.FDL;1
               ARCHIVE_UNSET_DOCUMENT_PENDING.SCP;1
               ARCHIVE_USER_DOCUMENT.SCP;1
               ATTENDEE.FDL;1      CALACCESS.FDL;1     CALATTEND_PRE.SCP;1
               CALENDAR.A1CAL;1    CALENDAR.FDL;1      CM_ALLOW.SCP;1
               CM_AUTHORIZE.SCP;1  CM_CDS.SCP;1        CM_CHECK_LIVE.SCP;1
               CM_CHECK_STATUS.SCP;1                   CM_COPY_FROM_LIVE.SCP;1
               CM_CREATE.SCP;1     CM_CREATE_DEVELOP.SCP;1
               CM_CREATE_FILE.SCP;1                    CM_CREATE_FRM.SCP;1
               CM_CREATE_TEXT.SCP;1                    CM_CTX.SCP;1
               CM_DACREATE.COM;1   CM_DELETE.SCP;1     CM_EDIT.SCP;1
               CM_EDIT_FRM.SCP;1   CM_EDIT_TEXT.SCP;1  CM_ELEMENTS.SCP;1



                             Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media  A-5

 











               CM_FDNDEDT.COM;1    CM_FORMCOPY.COM;1   CM_FORMCREAT.COM;1
               CM_FORMDELET.COM;1  CM_FORMUPDAT.COM;1  CM_FORM_LIBS.SCP;1
               CM_GET_NAMED.SCP;1  CM_LIST_FRM.SCP;1   CM_LIST_TEXT.SCP;1
               CM_LOCK.SCP;1       CM_LOCK_LIB.SCP;1   CM_MEASURE.SCP;1
               CM_MOVE_TO_DEVELOP.SCP;1                CM_MOVE_TO_LIVE.SCP;1
               CM_PCF.SCP;1        CM_PRINT_DIFF.SCP;1 CM_PRINT_DIFF_LIVE.SCP;1
               CM_PRINT_HIST_HDR.BLP;1                 CM_PROTECT.SCP;1
               CM_PSM.BLP;1        CM_REORG_FLB.COM;1  CM_SDC_EDIT.SCP;1
               CM_SDC_ELEMENTS.FDL;1                   CM_SDC_SELECT.SCP;1
               CM_SELECT_ELEMENT.SCP;1                 CM_SET_EDITOR.SCP;1
               CM_SITEHIST.FDL;1   CM_SITELOG.FDL;1    CM_SM_DELETE.SCP;1
               CM_SM_DELETE_FRM.SCP;1                  CM_SM_DELETE_TEXT.SCP;1
               CM_SM_MOVE_DEV.SCP;1                    CM_SM_MOVE_LIVE.SCP;1
               CM_SM_REMOVE_REQUEST.SCP;1              CM_SM_UNLOCK.SCP;1
               CM_SPEED_MEASURE.SCP;1                  CM_STATSDISPLAY.SCP;1
               CM_TEMPLATE_FRM.SCP;1                   CM_TEMPLATE_TEXT.SCP;1
               CM_TEST_BLP.SCP;1   CM_TEST_COM.SCP;1   CM_TEST_DO.SCP;1
               CM_TEST_FRM.SCP;1   CM_TEST_SCP.SCP;1   CM_UNLOCK.SCP;1
               CM_UNLOCK_LIB.SCP;1 CM_UPDATE_DETAILS.SCP;1
               CM_VALIDATE_DIR.SCP;1                   CNVPRTUIC.COM;1
               COMTP.COM;1         COPYDOC.SCP;1       CORPHONE.FDL;1
               CREATE_DATA_CBI_FILES.SCP;1             CREATE_DATA_FILES.SCP;1
               CREATE_DATA_FILES_2.SCP;1
               CREATE_DATA_LLV_FILES.SCP;1
               CREATE_DATA_WPS_FILES.SCP;1             CREATE_FILE.SCP;1
               CREATE_PROFILE.SCP;1                    CVTDDIFDDIF.SCP;1
               CVTDDIFDX.SCP;1     CVTDDIFPS.SCP;1     CVTDDIFTEXT.SCP;1
               CVTDDIFWPL.SCP;1    CVTDXDDIF.SCP;1     CVTTEXTDDIF.SCP;1
               CVTWPLDDIF.SCP;1    CX.REQ;1            CXDIAL.B32;1
               CXLIB.OLB;1         DACREATE.COM;1      DACREATE.EDT;1
               DECSPELL.FDL;1      DIRALLDWN.SCP;1     DIRALLPB.SCP;1
               DIRALLPF.SCP;1      DIRALLUP.SCP;1      DIRBASEB.ELE;1
               DIRBASEEXE.ELE;1    DIRCORDWN.SCP;1     DIRCORPB.SCP;1
               DIRCORPF.SCP;1      DIRCORUP.SCP;1      DIRINDEXPRINT.SCP;1
               DIRPERDWN.SCP;1     DIRPERPB.SCP;1      DIRPERPF.SCP;1
               DIRPERUP.SCP;1      DIRPRINT.SCP;1      DISPLAY.EXE;1
               DOCCREATE.SCP;1     DOCDB.FDL;1         DOCSELECT.SCP;1
               DOTS_COPY.COM;1     DOTS_DELETE.COM;1   DOTS_PACK.COM;1
               DOTS_PACK.EXE;1     DOTS_UNPACK.COM;1   DOTS_UNPACK.EXE;1
               DPESHR.EXE;1        DSABCONV.FDL;1      DSABCONV_PREPOP.SCP;1
               DX.CDA$OPTIONS;1    DXRD.SCP;1          DXRV.SCP;1
               DXRX.SCP;1          DXSD.SCP;1          DXSV.SCP;1
               DXSX.SCP;1          DXXM.SCP;1          EDITORAPP.SCP;1
               EDIT_DDIF.COM;1     EDIT_WRITE.COM;1    EDTGOLDG.SCP;1
               EMCONTROL_RS_RF.COM;1                   EMCONTROL_RS_RF.SCP;1



               A-6  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media

 











               EMDDSADDR.SCP;1     EMEMD_PROFIL_UPDATE.SCP;1
               EMLOGCTRL.COM;1     EMNXTLIST.SCP;1     EMSMFLUSH.COM;1
               FCCONVERT.SCP;1     FCDELFDR.SCP;1      FCDIR.SCP;1
               FCEW.SCP;1          FDNDEDT1.EXE;1      FDNDEDT2.EXE;1
               FDNDREORG.EXE;1     FDVDEF.REQ;1        FD_CHECK_FLB.SCP;1
               FD_CHECK_FLB1.SCP;1 FETCHCHECK.EXE;1    FF.LIS;1
               FF.MEM;1            FILECAB_REORG.SCP;1 FLUSHDM.EXE;1
               FLUSHUSER.EXE;1     FOLCOUNT.SCP;1      FOLDER.SCP;1
               FOLPRINT.SCP;1      FOLPRINTXP.SCP;1    FORMAT_PREPOP.SCP;1
               FORMDELET.SCP;1     GET_SIZE.COM;1      GLOBAL.FDL;1
               GLOBAL_EDIT_TEMPLATE_INTER.COM;1        GLOBAL_TEMPLATES.FDL;1
               GLOBAL_USERS.FDL;1  GRAMCHECK.SCP;1     GTEMPLATE_DETAILS.FDL;1
               INDEX.DX;1          IVPUSER.A1CAL;1     IVPUSER.PST;1
               LANGUAGES.FDL;1     LIST_DDIF.SCP;1     LIST_VIEW.COM;1
               LNGSPL_CHANGE_CURRENT_DIC.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_CHECK_PERS_OPEN.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_CMD_RECOG.SCP;1                  LNGSPL_FREE_SLOT.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_OPEN_CHECK.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_OPEN_GLOBAL_DIC_CHECK.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_PERS_DIC_CHECK.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_POST_LISTOPEN.SCP;1
               LNGSPL_PRE_LISTOPEN.SCP;1               LNGSPL_WPL_SEARCH.SCP;1
               LOGIN.COM;1         MAILCOUNT.OBJ;1     MAIL_DIR_CONVERT.SCP;1
               MANAGER.A1CAL;1     MANAGER.PST;1       MASTERB.BLP;1
               MEETING.FDL;1       METER.SCP;1         MNODES.BLP;1
               MNODES.FDL;1        MOVEDISK.FDL;1      MR_CHANGEPASS.COM;1
               MUA_CANCEL_TRANSFER.COM;1               MUA_CHANGEPW.COM;1
               MUA_CHANGEPW_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_CHECK_NOT_LOCKED.COM;1
               MUA_COPY_TPL.SCP;1  MUA_CREATE.COM;1    MUA_CREATE_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_CREATE_WORKFILE.SCP;1               MUA_CR_INFO.FDL;1
               MUA_CTN_INTER.COM;1 MUA_CTN_RESTORE_DOCS.SCP;1
               MUA_CTN_TRANSFER_UPDATE.COM;1           MUA_DELETE_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_DEL_ACCOUNT.COM;1                   MUA_DEL_CAB.SCP;1
               MUA_DEL_DIR.COM;1   MUA_DEL_VMS.COM;1   MUA_GLOBAL_EDIT.COM;1
               MUA_GLOBAL_EDIT.SCP;1
               MUA_GLOBAL_EDIT_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_LOAD_USER.COM;1 MUA_MAS_ARCHIVE.SCP;1
               MUA_MAS_DOCINDEX.FDL;1                  MUA_MAS_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_MAS_LOADUSER.FDL;1                  MUA_MOVEDISK.COM;1
               MUA_MOVEDISK_INTER.COM;1                MUA_NOMINATE.COM;1
               MUA_NOMINATE_INTER.COM;1                MUA_PAT.COM;1
               MUA_PAT_ARCHIVE.SCP;1
               MUA_PAT_FIND_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
               MUA_PAT_INTER.COM;1 MUA_PAT_SELECT_FILE.FDL;1



                             Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media  A-7

 











               MUA_REMOVE_ADMIN.COM;1
               MUA_REMOVE_ADMIN_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_RENAME.COM;1    MUA_RENAME_INTER.COM;1
               MUA_RENAME_PENDING.EXE;1
               MUA_SAVE_UNREAD_MAIL.SCP;1
               MUA_SWITCH_APP_PRV.COM;1                MUA_TRANSFER.FDL;1
               MUA_UTILITY.FDL;1   MUA_VMS_CHK.SCP;1   MUA_XFER_DOCLIST.FDL;1
               NAME_CONVERT.COM;1  NETWORK.FDL;1       NETWORKB.BLP;1
               NEWDOCDB.COM;1      NEXTLIST.SCP;1      NICKNAMES.FDL;1
               OA$APPL_INTMENU.SCP;1                   OA$APPL_SPMENU.SCP;1
               OA$FORMATTER_START.COM;1                OA$PRINTERS.FDL;1
               OA$PRINTERTYPES.FDL;1
               OA$SAM_BALANCE_SHARED_DIRS.EXE;1
               OA$SAM_BALANCE_USERS.EXE;1
               OA$SAM_CHECK_MAIL_AREA_DELETE.EXE;1
               OA$SHARE_DEVICE_MASTER.FDL;1            OA$SM_FCVR.EXE;1
               OA$SM_FCVR_PRE_PHASE1.EXE;1
               OA$SM_RECOG_MAIL_AREA.SCP;1
               OA$SUBMIT.OBJ;1     OACMSV.OBJ;1        OADDIF_DIRCHK.COM;1
               OADDIF_INSTALL.SCP;1                    OAFCV.EXE;1
               OAFORMATTER.OBJ;1   OAFORMATTERX.OBJ;1  OAINI.COM;1
               OALNM.COM;1         OASHRBLD.EXE;1      OASYMMSG.MAR;1
               PARANUM.SCP;1       PDAF.FDL;1          PENDING.FDL;1
               PERPHONE.FDL;1      PFCONTROL.SCP;1     PFCREATE.SCP;1
               PFSQ.COM;1          PFVMPRINT.COM;1     PHALLB.BLP;1
               PHPERB.BLP;1        POSTMASTE.A1CAL;1   POSTMASTE.PST;1
               PRINTER_TYPESB.BLP;1                    PRINT_DDIF.COM;1
               PRINT_PS.SCP;1      PROFILE.FDL;1       PROFILE_PRINT.FDL;1
               PROVIDE_DATA_CBI_FILES.SCP;1            PROVIDE_DATA_FILES.SCP;1
               PROVIDE_DATA_FILES_2.SCP;1
               PROVIDE_DATA_LLV_FILES.SCP;1
               PROVIDE_DATA_WPS_FILES.SCP;1            PTU.EXE;1
               QUOTA.COM;1         QUOTA.EXE;1         QUOTA_CHECK.COM;1
               REMOVEND.EXE;1      RENAME.FDL;1        REORDER.COM;1
               RMSANLZ.COM;1       SA_CHANGE_PASSWORDS.SCP;1
               SA_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
               SA_MULT_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
               SA_PREPARE_MAS_NETWORK.COM;1            SA_PREPARE_MAS_TAPE.COM;1
               SA_PROFILEB.BLP;1   SDAF.FDL;1          SELECTIONLIST.BLP;1
               SELECTIONLIST1.BLP;1                    SELECTIONLIST_RFA.BLP;1
               SENDCHECK.EXE;1     SHARED_DOC.BLP;1    SITE_PRINTERSB.BLP;1
               SM$SHARE$SCROLL$PREPOP.SCP;1            SMA1.EXE;1
               SMBKUSER.COM;1      SMJACKET.SCP;1      SMNETINIT.COM;1
               SMNETINIT.SCP;1     SMNETPRGE.COM;1     SMNETPRGE.EXE;1
               SMNETUPDT.EXE;1     SMNETUPDT.SCP;1     SMONOFF.COM;1



               A-8  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media

 











               SMREORG.SCP;1       SMREORG_DEPT.SCP;1  SMSREORG.COM;1
               SMTRLU.SCP;1        SMUNSHARE.SCP;1     SM_CHANGE_PASSWORDS.SCP;1
               SM_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
               SM_MULT_DELETE_ACCOUNT.SCP;1
               SM_PAT_VALIDATE_NODE.COM;1
               SM_PAT_VALIDATE_TAPE.COM;1
               SM_PLM_AVAIL.SCP;1  SM_PLM_COUNT.SCP;1  SM_POLICIES_PREPOP.SCP;1
               SM_PREPARE_MAS_NETWORK.COM;1            SM_PREPARE_MAS_TAPE.COM;1
               SM_RESTART.COM;1    SM_RESTART_INTER.COM;1
               SM_SKEDSCRIPT_DEFAULT.SCP;1
               SM_TPL_CLEAR_SYMBOLS.SCP;1
               SM_TPL_GLOBAL_EDIT.SCP;1                SM_USED_UIC.FDL;1
               SPECIAL.COM;1       SPELL.CLD;1         SPFILE.SCP;1
               SPNULL.TXT;1        SPSEND.SCP;1        START_TM_SERVER.COM;1
               SUBSCRIBER.SCP;1    SUBSCRIBER_ADD.SCP;1
               SUBSCRIBER_ADD_INTERACTIVE.SCP;1        SUBSCRIBER_CHANGE.SCP;1
               SUBSCRIBER_CHANGE_INTERACTIVE.SCP;1     SUBSCRIBER_DELETE.SCP;1
               SYMBOLS.PST;1       TAG.COM;1           TAG.EXE;1
               TEMPLATE_PRINT.FDL;1                    TIME_DIFF.EXE;1
               TM.SCP;1            TMAA.SCP;1          TMAIC.SCP;1
               TMAISEL.SCP;1       TMAPC.SCP;1         TMAPD.SCP;1
               TMAPE.SCP;1         TMAPMEC.SCP;1       TMAPMECSCAN.SCP;1
               TMAPMED.SCP;1       TMAPMEE.SCP;1       TMAPMEP.SCP;1
               TMAPMER.SCP;1       TMAPMESEL.SCP;1     TMAPSEL.SCP;1
               TMCREREM.SCP;1      TMCRETD.SCP;1       TMDAYSCH.SCP;1
               TMEDIT.SCP;1        TMEV.SCP;1          TMEVSEL_RECOG.SCP;1
               TMEV_TIMEVAL.SCP;1  TMINITFORM.SCP;1    TMINIT_GET.SCP;1
               TMJOUD.SCP;1        TMJOUE.SCP;1        TMMDCAL.SCP;1
               TMMEC.SCP;1         TMMED.SCP;1         TMMEDUI.SCP;1
               TMMEE.SCP;1         TMMENU.SCP;1        TMMENU_VALID.SCP;1
               TMMERA.SCP;1        TMMESEL.SCP;1       TMMESTRIP.SCP;1
               TMMONTH3.SCP;1      TMNEXT.SCP;1        TMPRINT.SCP;1
               TMRA.SCP;1          TMRA_VALID.SCP;1    TMREPRINT.SCP;1
               TMRESEL.SCP;1       TMRFA.SCP;1         TMRFA_RECOG.SCP;1
               TMRFA_VALID.SCP;1   TMSCAN.SCP;1        TMSCAN_DATEVAL.SCP;1
               TMSCAN_DURATION.SCP;1                   TMSET_CONTEXT.SCP;1
               TMSEVC.SCP;1        TMSEVD.SCP;1        TMSEVE.SCP;1
               TMSEVI.SCP;1        TMSEVP.SCP;1        TMSEVR.SCP;1
               TMSEVXD.SCP;1       TMSEVXP_METER.SCP;1 TMSEVXR.SCP;1
               TMSEV_APSYM.SCP;1   TMSEV_ATTSYM.SCP;1  TMSEV_CLEANSYM.SCP;1
               TMSEV_MESYM.SCP;1   TMSRE.SCP;1         TMSREPOST.SCP;1
               TMSTC.SCP;1         TMSTCL.SCP;1        TMSTD.SCP;1
               TMSTE.SCP;1         TMSTI.SCP;1         TMSTP.SCP;1
               TMSTR.SCP;1         TMSTXCL.SCP;1       TMSTXD.SCP;1
               TMSTXP_METER.SCP;1  TMTASKCRE.SCP;1     TMTCL.SCP;1



                             Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media  A-9

 











               TMTD.SCP;1          TMTDDEL.SCP;1       TMTE.SCP;1
               TMTMSDOWN.SCP;1     TMTMSPRE.SCP;1      TMTMXTPRE.SCP;1
               TMTP.SCP;1          TMTR.SCP;1          TMTSEL.SCP;1
               TMXSELAPR.SCP;1     TM_CAM_NONO.SCP;1   TM_FLAG.SCP;1
               TM_LIST.SCP;1       TM_REPLY.SCP;1      TM_SETOWN.SCP;1
               TM_TWOCAL.SCP;1     TRACESET.SCP;1      TRIM.CLD;1
               TRIM.EXE;1          UDP_SCRIPT.SCP;1    USER.FLB;1
               USERAGENT_POST.SCP;1                    V.COM;1
               VAXMAIL.COM;1       VMNXTLIST.SCP;1     VMSMAIL.COM;1
               VTX.SCP;1           VTXOUT.SCP;1        WEEK_DAYS.SCP;1
               WPCOPYCAB.BLP;1     WPCOPYDX.BLP;1      X400COUNTRY_CODES.FDL;1
               XPORTMSG.EXE;1

               Total of 521 files.

                  Save Set: A1024.C

               A1024BASEC.REV_<revision>;1             ACMSA1MSG.MSG;1
               DIRBASEC.ELE;1      FINDFILE.OBJ;1      IMAGEID.OPT;1
               OA$CNV_TIMEZONE_CONVERT.SCP;1           OA$SM_CHECK_CLUSTER.COM;1
               OA$SM_DEFINE_SHARED_LOGICALS.COM;1
               OA$SM_DEFINE_SHARED_LOGICALS.SCP;1
               OA$SM_FCVR_PRE_PHASE1_SCHEDULE.COM;1
               OA$SM_FCVR_PRE_PHASE1_SCHEDULE.SCP;1
               OA$SM_FCVR_SCHEDULE.COM;1               OA$SM_FCVR_SLAVE1.COM;1
               OA$SM_FIELD_OFFSETS.COM;1
               OA$SM_SAM_BA_SCHEDULE.COM;1
               OA$SM_SAM_BSD_SCHEDULE.COM;1            OA$SM_SAM_SCHEDULE.SCP;1
               OA$SM_SET_WRITE_WINDOW.COM;1
               OA$SM_SHARED_DAF_MASTER.SCP;1
               OA$SM_UTILITY_MASTER.FDL;1              OA$SM_UTIL_SCHEDULE.FDL;1
               OA$SM_WRITE_DIR_MASTER_INSTALL.SCP;1    OA.BLI;1
               OAET.MAR;1          OAGBL.BLI;1         OALIBR.OLB;1
               OAMAC.REQ;1         OASDF.BLI;1         SCPTABLE.TXT;1
               SYSTEM_PST.COM;1    SYSTEM_PST.FDL;1    WPDELETE.SCP;1
               WPDOUDP.SCP;1       WPDUMPUDP.SCP;1     WPEDADDMEN.SCP;1
               WPEDIT.SCP;1        WPFCFDROP.SCP;1     WPFCFOLD.SCP;1
               WPFOLDER.SCP;1      WPLIST.SCP;1        WPMDMP.SCP;1
               WPNEXTL.SCP;1       WPNEXTNUM.SCP;1     WPPAFOLDER.SCP;1
               WPPALTERN.SCP;1     WPPBGFORMAT.SCP;1   WPPFILE.SCP;1
               WPPOUTDOC.SCP;1     WPPPORT.SCP;1       WPPRINT.SCP;1
               WPPSCRPD.SCP;1      WPPSYSTEM.SCP;1     WPPTERMIN.SCP;1
               WPPTYPEIT.SCP;1     WPSLPS.SCP;1        WPSMAIL.COM;1
               WPSTSTSPC.SCP;1     X400.CMU;1

               Total of 58 files.


               A-10  Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media

 











                  Save Set: A1024.D

               A1024BASED.REV_<revision>;1             ACMSALLIN1.OLB;1
               DIRBASED.ELE;1      DMPLUS.OLB;1        DXLIB.OLB;1
               KOAVMS.OLB;1        KOFORM.OLB;1        MRMIS.OLB;1
               MRVMS.OLB;1         MRVMS4.OLB;1        MTILIB.OLB;1
               OATALKLIB.OLB;1     OAVOICE.OLB;1       SIL.OLB;1
               TMSERVER.OLB;1      WPADOC.OLB;1        WPADSA.OLB;1
               WPAPRINT.OLB;1      WPARVMS.OLB;1       XPORT.L32;1
               XPORT.OLB;1         XPORT.REQ;1

               Total of 22 files.

                  Save Set: A1024.E

               A1024BASEE.REV_<revision>;1             DIRBASEE.ELE;1
               LNGOSENVR.EXE;1     LNGSPLCOM.EXE;1     LNGSPLCRE.SCP;1
               LNGSPLCSY.SCP;1     LNGSPLFMT.SCP;1     LNGSPLFOR.EXE;1
               LNGSPLIST.SCP;1     LNGSPLMNU.SCP;1     LNGSPLMSG.EXE;1
               LNGSPLSC2.SCP;1     LNGSPLSEL.SCP;1     LNGSPLSHR.EXE;1
               LOADTCS.TXT;1       PTU.OBJ;1           PTULIB.OLB;1
               SPLMSGREF.OBJ;1     WPABASE.OLB;1       WPAEDIT.OLB;1
               WPALIPS.OLB;1       WPAPECO.OLB;1       WPASORT.OLB;1
               WPCOPY.SCP;1        WPDECDX.COM;1       WPPRTEXIT.SCP;1
               WPPRUNOFF.COM;1     WPPSPEC.COM;1       WPSDECGET.SCP;1
               WPSDECWRT.SCP;1     WPSDEF.WPL;1        WPSFNATT.SCP;1
               WPSFNPOS.SCP;1      WPSFNSEPS.SCP;1

               Total of 34 files.



















                            Files on the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 Distribution Media  A-11

 

















                                                                              B
               ________________________________________________________________

                                                           Sample Installations




                  This appendix contains sample installations of ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4.

                   o Section B.1 is a sample listing of a new installation,
                     with no previous version of ALL-IN-1 installed

                   o Section B.2 is a sample listing of an upgrade from a
                     multilingual ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system to ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4

                   o Section B.3 is a sample listing of an update of ALL-IN-1
                     Version 2.4

                   o Section B.4 is a sample listing of an additional language
                     installation

               B.1   Sample of a New Installation

                  This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
                  input when the American English version of ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 was installed on a system running VMS Version 5.2. The
                  sample was run on a system that had no previous version of
                  ALL-IN-1 installed. The installer chose to:

                   o Install ALL-IN-1 from magnetic tape

                   o Integrate WPS-PLUS and ACMS

                   o Create three shared directories

                   o Use the ALL-IN-1 directory as the primary directory

                   o Run the IVPs automatically at the end of the installation

                                                      Sample Installations  B-1

 











                  The revision identifier, <rev>, indicates the revision of
                  your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kit.

               Username: SYSTEM
               Password:
                       Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.2 on node LYNX
                   Last interactive login on Monday, 7-DEC-1989 08:47
                   Last non-interactive login on Monday, 7-DEC-1989 08:25

               $ set default sys$update
               $ @vmsinstal

                       VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.2

               It is 8-DEC-1989 at 10:26.
               Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

               * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?
               YES
               * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

               Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products: A1024
               * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
               Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
               * Are you ready? YES
               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

               The following products will be processed:

                 A1 V2.4

                       Beginning installation of A1 V2.4 at 10:26

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been
                   successfully moved to SYS$HELP.

               This is the BASE component of the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 SDC multiple-
                   media kit

                   Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 kit, the following types of
                       installation
                   can be performed :-



               B-2  Sample Installations

 











                       (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1
                       (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (4)     Installation of an additional language
                       (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                                   language
                       (6)     Update of an existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language
                       (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

               * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 1

               This is a FULL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 installation on a clean machine.

               Media TAPE0:A11024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted media labeled A11024. Please mount the MARKET kit
                   media which
               is labeled A12024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A12024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1CUS-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

               Media TAPE0:A12024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted media labeled A12024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit
                   media which
               is labeled A13024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A13024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1LENGLISH-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

                  This is the ENGLISH version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

               * Does this product have an authorization key registered and
                   loaded [YES]?
               YES
               %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1 license is installed and loaded
               %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
               %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and
                   loaded

                                                      Sample Installations  B-3

 











               If DATATRIEVE is only occasionally used within ALL-IN-1 it is
                   suggested that
               you answer NO to the next question. You will still be able to use
                   DATATRIEVE
               within ALL-IN-1, but you will avoid the overhead of having it
                   physically
               linked with the ALL-IN-1 image. If you need to use a DATATRIEVE
                   image other
               than SYS$SHARE:DTRSHR.EXE then you MUST answer YES to the
                   following question.

               * Do you want to incorporate DATATRIEVE [NO]? NO
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DTRNOLINK, DATATRIEVE will not be linked with
                   ALL-IN-1

                       If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then
                           answer YES
                       to the following question. If you answer NO, then your
                           users will
                       not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will
                           also
                       impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

                  NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time,
                      should you
                  choose not to link it now.

               * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-WPSLINK, The WPS-PLUS editor will be linked with
                   ALL-IN-1

                  If you wish to interface with ACMS, then answer YES to the
                      following
                  questions.

               NOTE:

                 o ACMS needs to be installed before ALL-IN-1.

                 o If the user answers yes and the relavent ACMS files are
                   present then the interface will get built. If they are not
                   then the default is to abort the link, in order to remedy it.

               * Do you want to incorporate ACMS [NO]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ACMSLINK, ACMS will be linked with ALL-IN-1

               %A1LENGLISH-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

               B-4  Sample Installations

 











                    If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
               OA$MAIN.EXE and OALLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
               image to be installed.

               * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]? NO
               %A1LENGLISH-I-NOMLLINK, ALL-IN-1 will be linked as a single
                   language system

                  ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each
                      language
                  you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date
                      format
                  for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed
                      by user
                  through the Set Working Conditions option.

                           Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

                       1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY     (Standard Default)
                       2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
                       3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
                       4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
                       5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
                       6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

               * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and MM/DD/YY
                   (1) has been selected

               * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                   users: 5
               * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving
                   mail [SYS$BATCH]: SYS$BATCH
               * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages
                   to/from other systems [NO]? YES

               * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]? NO
               * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]: 1

               * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account:
               A1MAIL

               * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified: A1MAIL

               * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message
                   Router mailbox: LYNX_A1

               * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_A1

                                                      Sample Installations  B-5

 











               * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to
                   ASCII [NO]? NO

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW
                   prerequisites

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current
                   process
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are
                   installed
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

                       All software checks have been successful.
                       Installation will continue.

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared library files
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared data files
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 ENGLISH language files
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 mail area SDAF file
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * How many shared directories do you want to create [1]: 3
               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE1
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE2
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 shared directory SHARE3
                   [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE

                       NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
                       The installation will continue.

               * What VMS username do you want to use for ALL-IN-1 manager's
                   account [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

               * What password do you want to use for this account: LYNX_SAMPLE

               * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_SAMPLE

               B-6  Sample Installations

 











               * What UIC do you want to use for account ALLIN1: 1,100
               * What default device you want to use for ALL-IN-1 manager's
                   account [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE
               * What default directory do you want to use for ALL-IN-1
                   manager's account? [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

               A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [1,100] on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of
                   10000
               and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.

               A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of
                   62500
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an account named
                   ALLIN1.
               %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added
               %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier ALLIN1 value: [000001,000100] added
                   to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation updates an account named
                   ALLIN1.
               %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated

               * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_IN account?: [500,1]
               * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_OUT account?: [500,2]

               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an ACCOUNT named
                   A1$XFER_IN.
               %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added

               %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier A1$XFER_IN value [00500,000001]
                   added to RIGHTSLIST

               A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [500,1] on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of
                   50000
               and an OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an ACCOUNT named
                   A1$XFER_OUT.
               %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added

                                                      Sample Installations  B-7

 











               %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier A1$XFER_OUT value [00500,000002]
                   added to RIGHTSLIST

               A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [500,2] on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of
                   50000
               and an OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CREATID, Create ALL-IN-1 RIGHTS identifiers ...

               A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC OA$PRVAPP on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of
                   1000
               and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.

               A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC OA$PRVAPP will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 1000
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.
               %A1LENGLISH-I-GRANTID, Grant ALL-IN-1 general identifiers to UIC
                   [1,100] ...

               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared
                   library files [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the shared data
                   files [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for all ENGLISH
                   language files [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for the mail area
                   SDAF file [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
               * What directory will hold the shares directories on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE: [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.MSG].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.UDP].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC0].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC1].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC2].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory

               B-8  Sample Installations

 











               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC3].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC4].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC5].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC6].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC7].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC8].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.MGR.DOC9].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.MSG].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.UDP].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC0].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC1].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC2].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC3].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC4].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC5].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC6].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC7].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC8].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.POSTMASTE.DOC9].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.MSG].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.UDP].



                                                      Sample Installations  B-9

 











               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC0].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC1].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC2].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC3].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC4].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC5].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC6].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC7].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC8].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVPUSER.DOC9].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.TRANSFER_OUTGOING].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1TRANSFER_INCOMING].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LOG].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DO_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.BLP_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SCP_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE.USER].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.PRINT].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SOURCES].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SYSTEM_LISTS].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory



               B-10  Sample Installations

 











               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.BLP_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.CBI_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DO_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.IVP_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LLV_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SCP_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.LIB_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.DO_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.BLP_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.SCP_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.DEV_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.SOURCES_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.DATA_SHARE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.DATA_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.LIB_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.DO_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.BLP_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.SCP_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.SOURCES_ENGLISH].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SITE.DEV_ENGLISH].



                                                     Sample Installations  B-11

 











               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SHARED_E].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SHARE1].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SHARE2].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.SHARE3].

               * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-KITREVS, The following items will be installed:

               %A1LENGLISH-I-BASEREV, ALL-IN-1 BASE kit        - Revision <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CTRYREV, ALL-IN-1 US MARKET kit   - Revision <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-LANGREV, ALL-IN-1 ENGLISH LANGUAGE kit  - Revision
                   <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media change required before
                   installation can continue unaided.
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...

               Tape TAPE0:A13024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted tape labeled A13024. Please mount the BASE kit tape
                   which
               is labeled A11024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct tape mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1-I-REMBKSS, Restoring any remaining BASE kit  savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               %A1-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images






               B-12  Sample Installations

 











               Building shared image modules
               Shared image modules built
               Linking the OA$MAIN image
                  .
                  .
                  .
               %A1-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images

                During the installation, a file called A1V24START.COM has been
                   added
                to SYS$MANAGER:

                A document outlining the changes affecting your users has been
                   added
                to the MANAGER'S directory. Please distribute USERCHANGES.WPL to
                   your
                users after installation.

               ****************************************************************
                   ************
               ****************************************************************
               ************)
               *
                              *
               *The VMS site-dependent start-up file should have the following
                   line added:*
               *                                                               *
               *$ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE]    *
               *                                                               *
               *where SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the *
               *ALL-IN-1 configuration file -- A1CONFIG.DAT                    *
               *
                             *
               *This procedure must be invoked before users can successfully use
                    ALL-IN-1 *
               *
                             *
               *****************************************************************
                   ***********
               *****************************************************************
                   ***********

               During the installation, a second file called A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM,

               has been added to SYS$MANAGER.



                                                     Sample Installations  B-13

 











               This file must be run at system login time OR from each user's
                   LOGIN.COM.
               Please refer to the Installation Guide for details.

               %A1-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- opening form libraries"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating BASE data files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating PROFILE.DAT"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- populating BASE data files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating LANGUAGE data
                   files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating WPS-PLUS data
                   files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating CBI data files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- removing any old form
                   libraries and TXLs"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "You may ignore any NO SUCH GLOBAL SECTION
                   messages"

                             SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:40

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling form libraries..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling OAFORM..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling MEMRES..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling SITEOAFORM..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling SITEMEMRES..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- form libraries compiled"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- data file and form
                   processing complete"

                             SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:44

               %A1-I-SETACL, Setting ACL's
               %A1-I-SETACL, Setting global buffers

               The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 has now completed
               %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
                   directories...

                  The IVP for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 takes about 30 minutes to run. This
                      will
               vary according to the system that it is running on.






               B-14  Sample Installations

 











                   It will first of all run SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START to initialise
               ALL-IN-1 logical names and to install the various images
                   required. It
               also will clear the VMS account name associated with the ALL-IN-1
                   IVP
               account. Should the IVPs fail to reset the VMS username in the
                   PROFILE,
               then please reset it to the same as the MANAGER vms username as
                   soon as
               possible, by doing the following:

                 $ALLIN1/NOINIT
                 Enter CMD: WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER="IVP",VMSUSR="ALLIN1"

                 If the IVPs fail then please investigate the log files found in
               OA$IVP. There is an additional log file in SYS$MANAGER called
               ALLIN1IVP.LOG containing the messages from running ALL-IN-1 IVPs.
               This may sometimes prove useful, for instance if ALL-IN-1 fails
                   to
               run, it can be seen in this file. To run the IVPs again type:

                 $SET PROC/PRIV=(NOBYPASS,ALL)
                 $ALLIN1/USER=IVP

                  Use the various options on the menu that is presented to run
                   parts
               of the IVP or all of it. The  "ALL" option is what is run during
                   the
               installation phase IVPs. See  the System Management Guide for
                   more
               details.

                  As an aid to finding problems then please read IVPHINTS.MEM in
                OA$IVP:

               %A1IVP-I-IVPSTART,Running startup for ALL-IN-1 .












                                                     Sample Installations  B-15

 











                       Starting ALL-IN-1
                       Installing ALL-IN-1 images
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLCOM.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGOSENVR.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>MAILCOUNT.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$MAIN.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$SUBMIT.EXE
                       Defining language independent logical names
                       Defining ENGLISH language logical names
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>OA$LLVENGLISH.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
               for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLENG.EXE

                       Running ALL-IN-1 to install the ENGLISH FORM LIBRARIES

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                       Running ALL-IN-1 to define SHARED AREA logicals

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                       Starting the TM SERVER
                       Starting OA$FCV
                       Starting the MAIL Sender and Fetcher
                       ALL-IN-1 startup procedure completed

               %A1IVP-I-IVPFINISH,Finished running startup for ALL-IN-1 .
               %A1IVP-I-IVPSTART,Running IVPs for ALL-IN-1 .

               %A1IVP-I-IVPFINISH,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 have finished .












               B-16  Sample Installations

 











               Log File for ALL option
               -----------------------
               ! Starting verification of interface with VMS.
               !
               ! Starting verification of form library compilation.
               ! Checksum of FLC should be (6D4C620C).
               ! Test of form library compilation has passed.
               ! IVP checksum of form library = 6D4C620C.
               ! Finished verifying form library compilation.
               !
               ! Starting verification of CLI interface.
               ! CLI symbol ivpclistatus = ALL-IN-1 V2.4.
               ! verification of CLI interface has passed.
               ! Finished verifying CLI interface.
               !
               ! Verification of interface with VMS has PASSED.
               !
               ! Verification of interface with VMS has finished.






























                                                     Sample Installations  B-17

 











               %OAIVP-I-PASSED, File check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.















































               B-18  Sample Installations

 











               0     ! "Running editor check"
               23     ! "EDT/WPS test."
               252     ! "    first address line check"
               258     ! "    second address line check"
               265     ! "    third address line check"
               270     ! "    fourth address line check"
               275     ! "    date check"
               282     ! "    day check"
               286     ! "    ALL-IN-1 username check"
               289     ! "     job title check"
               293     ! "EDT/WPS check PASSED."
               498     ! "WPS-PLUS check starting."
               935     ! "WPS-PLUS check finished."
               !     Merged list checksum is 805719118
               !         Correct checksum is 805719118
               951     ! "WPS-PLUS check PASSED"
               955     ! "Editor check PASSED."
               960     ! "Editor check finished."






























                                                     Sample Installations  B-19

 











               IWP output files follow...















































               B-20  Sample Installations

 











               Text created by EDT/WPS check
               -----------------------------
                                                             DECPARK,
                                                             WORTON GRANGE,
                                                             READING,
                                                             BERKSHIRE.
                                                          Thursday, 28-Jul-1989.
               Dear IVP user,
                    This is a test of the integration of EDT with ALL-IN-1.
                    If the address,day,date, and name and job title have been
                    substituted with the values of the IVP account then ALL-IN-1
                    and EDT are interacting correctly.
                    Yours Sincerely,
                            IVP USER,
                                INSTALLATION VERIFICATION

































                                                     Sample Installations  B-21

 











               Text created by WPS-PLUS check
               ------------------------------
                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Kate Jelly,
               Office Equipment Ltd,
               666 London Rd,
               Reading.
               (0734) 663666.
               Dear Kate,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VAX/VMS 8800, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.















               B-22  Sample Installations

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Susie Coggles,
               Art Equipment Ltd,
               69 London Rd,
               Reading.
               (0734)  696969.
               Dear Susie,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VAX/VMS 8650, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















                                                     Sample Installations  B-23

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Jenny Dagleish,
               Art Equipment Ltd,
               31 Reading Gardens,
               Reading.
               (0734) 251017.
               Dear Jenny,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VaxStation 2000, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















               B-24  Sample Installations

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Ruth Calladine ,
               Nutters Catering Compnay,
               73 Watlington Street,
               Reading.
               (0734) 956435.
               Dear Ruth,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VaxStation/GPX, you may
                   be interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711)
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















                                                     Sample Installations  B-25

 











               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$MAIN.EXE;1 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$SUBMIT.EXE;1 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSEXE]OA$FORMATTER.EXE;25 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]FDVMSG.EXE;1 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]DPEMSG.EXE;17 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]XPORTMSG.EXE;74 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-PASSED, Message check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.

               LOG OF THE VERIFICATION OF ALL-IN-1 MESSAGES:
               ---------------------------------------------

               This should contain the string V2.4...

               Enter CMD: VERSION
               %OA-I-VERSION, ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 8-Dec-1989

                This should produce an Informational level message,
                and an RMS-E-FNF error

               Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN  THIS_IS_A_TEST
               %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
               -RMS-E-FNF, file not found
               %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
               -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                This should produce a Warning level message...

               Enter CMD: OA$SYM_GET_SYMBOL     THIS_IS_A_TEST
               %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                This should produce a Error level message...

               Enter CMD: OA$FBT_WRITE_LIBRARY THIS_IS_A.TEST
               %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling THIS_IS_A.TEST
                   form library

                FATAL level error messages cause the image to stop,
                 so they are not tested.

               B-26  Sample Installations

 











               ! Demonstrating directory application.
               ! Verifying directory application.
               ! Demonstration of application has passed.
               ! Finished demonstrating application
                                       Personal Phone Directory Full Listing
               Date: 07/28/88                                           Page:1
                  .
                  .
                  .

               ! Running create account check
               3801       ! "Running create account check"
               4105       ! "Flushing unread mail "
               4111       ! "Deleting profile and template "
               4114       ! "Deleted profile and template"
               4114       ! "Deleting VMS account and identifier"
               4118       ! "Deleted VMS account"
               4122       ! "Account is clean"
               4138       ! "Creating account"
               ! Batch job creating account has finished
               4809       ! "Finished creating account"
               4810       ! "Starting mail send check"
               ! The user agent is unknown in the mail directory
               5694       ! "Sent message checksum: 1835745907"
               5696       ! "Received message checksum: 1835745907"
               ! Account create check has passed, checksums match
               5704       ! "Account create check has passed, checksums match"
               5799       ! "Deleting account"
               6022       ! "Finished deleting account"
               6030       ! "Create account check finished"
               ! Create account check finished
               ! Verifying Mail directory
               ! ALL-IN-1 Mail directory useragent name should be OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
               ! The following Mail directory useragent entries exist:
               ! ( DIGITAL MBMAN MASTER OBJECT )
               ! ( OA$LYNX$ALLIN1 )
               ! The Mail directory useragent entry for ALL-IN-1 which matched
                   is OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
               ! Mail directory verification has PASSED.
               ! Starting MR verification.
               ! MR verification has PASSED.
               !
               ! Both tests have passed.
               Verifying ALL-IN-1's interface with Message Router.
               ---------------------------------------------------
               Lowest valid version of MR is V3.


                                                     Sample Installations  B-27

 











               Your current version of MR is MR V3.0-044.
               MR version correct.
               MR Mailbox entry for ALL-IN-1 verified to be A1.
               Message Router IVP has PASSED.
               End of Message Router IVP.
               ! Finished verifying Mail directory and MR.










































               B-28  Sample Installations

 











               ! Running electronic mail check
               6592       ! "Running electronic mail check"
               7115       ! " Sent message checksum: 1835680371 "
               7117       ! " Received message checksum: 1835680371 "
               7123       ! "Electronic mail check has PASSED, checksums match."
               7193       ! "Electronic mail check finished."
               ! Electronic mail check finished.

               %A1IVP-I-IVPPASS,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 have passed.
                       Installation of A1 V2.4 completed at 12:34

               Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products:
               * Options:

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at 12:35

               B.2   Sample of an Upgrade Installation from ALL-IN-1 Version
                    2.3

                  This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
                  input when the American English version of ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.3 was upgraded to ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4, on a system running
                  VMS Version 5.1. The ALL-IN-1 Version 2.3 system had WPS-PLUS
                  and DATATRIEVE integrated. The installer chose to:

                   o Install ALL-IN-1 from magnetic tape

                   o Integrate WPS-PLUS and ACMS

                   o Create three shared directories

                   o Use the ALL-IN-1 directory as the primary directory

                   o Run the IVPs automatically at the end of the installation

                  The revision identifier, <rev>, indicates the revision of
                  your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kit.

               Username: SYSTEM
               Password:
                       Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.1 on node LYNX
                   Last interactive login on Monday, 7-DEC-1989 08:47
                   Last non-interactive login on Monday, 7-DEC-1989 08:25

               $ set default sys$update
               $ @vmsinstal

                                                     Sample Installations  B-29

 











                       VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.1

               It is 8-DEC-1989 at 10:26.
               Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

               %VMSINMSTAL-W-DECNET, Your DECnet network is up and running.
               * Do you want to continue anyway [NO]? YES
               * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?
               YES
               * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

               Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products: A1024
               * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
               Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
               * Are you ready? YES
               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

               The following products will be processed:

                 A1 V2.4

                       Beginning installation of A1 V2.4 at 10:26

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been
                   successfully moved to SYS$HELP.

               This is the BASE component of the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 SDC multiple-
                   media kit

                   Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 kit, the following types of
                       installation
                   can be performed :-

                       (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1
                       (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (4)     Installation of an additional language
                       (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                                   language
                       (6)     Update of an existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language
                       (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

               * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 2

               This is an UPGRADE from ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4.

               B-30  Sample Installations

 











                                             ***CAUTION***
               Your system has been configured as a MULTI-LINGUAL system.  After
                   you
               have upgraded your base system, you must also upgrade all
                   additional
               language systems. You will not be able to use your additional
                   language
               systems until they have been upgraded to the same version as
                   your base
               system.

               Media TAPE0:A11024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted media labeled A11024. Please mount the MARKET kit
                   media which
               is labeled A12024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A12024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1CUS-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

               Media TAPE0:A12024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted media labeled A12024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit
                   media which
               is labeled A13024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A13024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1LENGLISH-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

                  This is the ENGLISH version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

               * Does this product have an authorization key registered and
                   loaded [YES]?
               YES
               %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1 license is installed and loaded
               %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
               %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and
                   loaded

               * Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation? YES

                                                     Sample Installations  B-31

 











               If DATATRIEVE is only occasionally used within ALL-IN-1 it is
                   suggested that
               you answer NO to the next question. You will still be able to use
                   DATATRIEVE
               within ALL-IN-1, but you will avoid the overhead of having it
                   physically
               linked with the ALL-IN-1 image. If you need to use a DATATRIEVE
                   image other
               than SYS$SHARE:DTRSHR.EXE then you MUST answer YES to the
                   following question.

               * Do you want to incorporate DATATRIEVE [NO]? NO
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DTRNOLINK, DATATRIEVE will not be linked with
                   ALL-IN-1

               If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
               to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
               not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
               impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

               NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time,
                   should you
               choose not to link it now.

               * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-WPSLINK, The WPS-PLUS editor will be linked with
                   ALL-IN-1

               If you wish to interface with ACMS, then answer YES to the
                   following
               questions.

               NOTE:

                 o ACMS needs to be installed before ALL-IN-1.

                 o If the user answers yes and the relavent ACMS files are
                   present then the interface will get built. If they are not
                   then the default is to abort the link, in order to remedy it.

               * Do you want to incorporate ACMS [NO]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ACMSLINK, ACMS will be linked with ALL-IN-1

               %A1LENGLISH-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

                    If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
               OA$MAIN.EXE and OALLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
               image to be installed.

               B-32  Sample Installations

 











               * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-MLLINK, ALL-IN-1 will be linked as a multi-language
                   system

                  ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each
                      language
                  you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date
                      format
                  for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed
                      by user
                  through the Set Working Conditions option.

                           Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

                       1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY     (Standard Default)
                       2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
                       3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
                       4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
                       5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
                       6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

               * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and MM/DD/YY
                   (1) has been selected

               * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                   users: 5
               * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving
                   mail [SYS$BATCH]: SYS$BATCH
               * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages
                   to/from other systems [NO]? YES

               * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]? NO
               * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]: 1

               * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account:
               A1MAIL

               * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified: A1MAIL

               * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message
                   Router mailbox: LYNX_A1

               * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_A1

               * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to
                   ASCII [NO]? NO

                                                     Sample Installations  B-33

 











               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW
                   prerequisites

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current
                   process
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts

               VMS account named A1$XFER_IN, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
               purposes only, was already created before this installation.

               You have two options:

                1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to
                       be used
                   for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY.  Note that in this case, some
                       characteristics
                   of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be
                       changed during
                   the installation.
                2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and
                       then start
                   again.

               * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_IN account [NO]?
               YES

               VMS account named A1$XFER_OUT, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
               purposes only, was already created before this installation.

               You have two options:

                1. Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to
                       be used
                   for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY.  Note that in this case, some
                       characteristics
                   of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be
                       changed during
                   the installation.
                2. Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and
                       then start
                   again.

               * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_OUT account [NO]?
               YES



               B-34  Sample Installations

 











               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are
                   installed
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

                       All software checks have been successful.
                       Installation will continue.

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

                       NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
                       The installation will continue.

               * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 manager's
                   account [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

                           OWNER      =  ALLIN1
                           USERNAME   =  ALLIN1
                           UIC        =  [000001,000100]
                           ACCOUNT    =  ALLIN1
                           PRIVS      =
                           PRIORITY   =
                           DIRECTORY  =  [ALLIN1]

               * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are
                   correct [YES]? YES

               * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 TRANSFER
                   accounts: A1TRANSFER

               * Please confirm the password you have specified: A1TRANSFER

               A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC [1,100] on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of
                   10000
               and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.









                                                     Sample Installations  B-35

 











               A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of
                   62500
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an ACCOUNT named
                   ALLIN1.
               %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added
               %UAF-I-RDBADDMSGU, identifier ALLIN1 value: [000001,000100] added
                   to RIGHTSLIST.DAT
               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation updates an ACCOUNT named
                   ALLIN1.
               %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated

               * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_IN account?: [500,1]
               * What UIC do you want for the A1$XFER_OUT account?: [500,2]

               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an account named
                   A1$XFER_IN.
               %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added

               A DISKQUOTA on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [500,1] will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of
                   50000
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation creates an account named
                   A1$XFER_OUT.
               %UAF-I-ADDMSG, user record successfully added

               A DISKQUOTA on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [500,2] will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of
                   50000
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CREATID, Create ALL-IN-1 RIGHTS identifiers ...

               A DISKQUOTA entry will be added for UIC OA$PRVAPP on
                   SYS$SYSDEVICE:.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been added, with a PERMANENT quota of
                   1000
               and an OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.


               B-36  Sample Installations

 











               A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC OA$PRVAPP will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of 1000
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 1000.
               %A1LENGLISH-I-GRANTID, Grant ALL-IN-1 general identifiers to UIC
                   [1,100] ...

               * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-KITREVS, The following items will be installed:

               %A1LENGLISH-I-BASEREV, ALL-IN-1 BASE kit        - Revision <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CTRYREV, ALL-IN-1 US MARKET kit   - Revision <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-LANGREV, ALL-IN-1 ENGLISH LANGUAGE kit  - Revision
                   <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media change required before
                   installation
               can continue unaided.
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...

               Tape TAPE0:A13024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted tape labeled A13024. Please mount the BASE kit tape
                   which
               is labeled A11024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct tape mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1-I-REMBKSS, Restoring any remaining BASE kit  savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               %A1-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images







                                                     Sample Installations  B-37

 











               Building shared image modules
               Shared image modules built
               Linking the OA$MAIN image
                  .
                  .
                  .
               %A1-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images

                During the installation, a file called A1V24START.COM has been
                   added
                to SYS$MANAGER:

                A document outlining the changes affecting your users has been
                   added
                to the MANAGER'S directory. Please distribute USERCHANGES.WPL to
                   your
                users after installation.

               ****************************************************************
                   ************
               ****************************************************************
               ************)
               *
                              *
               *The VMS site-dependent start-up file should have the following
                   line added:*
               *                                                               *
               *$ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE]    *
               *                                                               *
               *where SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the *
               *ALL-IN-1 configuration file -- A1CONFIG.DAT                    *
               *
                             *
               *This procedure must be invoked before users can successfully use
                    ALL-IN-1 *
               *
                             *
               *****************************************************************
                   ***********
               *****************************************************************
                   ***********

               During the installation, a second file called A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM,

               has been added to SYS$MANAGER.



               B-38  Sample Installations

 











               This file must be run at system login time OR from each user's
                   LOGIN.COM.
               Please refer to the Installation Guide for details.

               %A1-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- opening form libraries"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating BASE data files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating PROFILE.DAT"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- populating BASE data files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating LANGUAGE data
                   files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating WPS-PLUS data
                   files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- creating CBI data files"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- removing any old form
                   libraries and TXLs"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "You may ignore any NO SUCH GLOBAL SECTION
                   messages"

                             SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:40

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling form libraries..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling OAFORM..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling MEMRES..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling SITEOAFORM..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling SITEMEMRES..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- form libraries compiled"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- data file and form
                   processing complete"

                             SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:44

               The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 has now completed
               %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
                   directories...

                  The IVP for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 takes about 30 minutes to run. This
                      will
               vary according to the system that it is running on.









                                                     Sample Installations  B-39

 











                   It will first of all run SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START to initialise
               ALL-IN-1 logical names and to install the various images
                   required. It
               also will clear the VMS account name associated with the ALL-IN-1
                   IVP
               account. Should the IVPs fail to reset the VMS username in the
                   PROFILE,
               then please reset it to the same as the MANAGER vms username as
                   soon as
               possible, by doing the following:

                  $ALLIN1/NOINIT
                  Enter CMD: WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER="IVP",VMSUSR="ALLIN1"

                 If the IVPs fail then please investigate the log files found in
               OA$IVP. There is an additional log file in SYS$MANAGER called
               ALLIN1IVP.LOG containing the  messages from running ALL-IN-1
                   IVPs.
               This may sometimes prove useful, for instance if ALL-IN-1 fails
                   to
                run, it can be seen in this file. To run the IVPs again type:

                  $SET PROC/PRIV=(NOBYPASS,ALL)
                  $ALLIN1/USER=IVP

                   Use the various options on the menu that is presented to run
                       parts
                of the IVP or all of it. The  "ALL" option is what is run during
                   the
                installation phase IVPs. See  the System Management Guide for
                   more
                details.

                  As an aid to finding problems then please read IVPHINTS.MEM in
                OA$IVP:

               %A1IVP-I-IVPSTART,Running startup for ALL-IN-1 .











               B-40  Sample Installations

 











                       Starting ALL-IN-1
                       Installing ALL-IN-1 images
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLCOM.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGOSENVR.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>MAILCOUNT.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$MAIN.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$SUBMIT.EXE
                       Defining language independent logical names
                       Defining ENGLISH language logical names
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>OA$LLVENGLISH.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLENG.EXE

                       Running ALL-IN-1 to install the ENGLISH FORM LIBRARIES

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                       Running ALL-IN-1 to define SHARED AREA logicals

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                       Starting the TM SERVER
                       Starting OA$FCV
                       Starting the MAIL Sender and Fetcher
                       ALL-IN-1 startup procedure completed

               %A1IVP-I-IVPFINISH,Finished running startup for ALL-IN-1 .
               %A1IVP-I-IVPSTART,Running IVPs for ALL-IN-1 .

               %A1IVP-I-IVPFINISH,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 have finished .












                                                     Sample Installations  B-41

 











               Log File for ALL option
               -----------------------
               ! Starting verification of interface with VMS.
               !
               ! Starting verification of form library compilation.
               ! Checksum of FLC should be (6D4C620C).
               ! Test of form library compilation has passed.
               ! IVP checksum of form library = 6D4C620C.
               ! Finished verifying form library compilation.
               !
               ! Starting verification of CLI interface.
               ! CLI symbol ivpclistatus = ALL-IN-1 V2.4.
               ! verification of CLI interface has passed.
               ! Finished verifying CLI interface.
               !
               ! Verification of interface with VMS has PASSED.
               !
               ! Verification of interface with VMS has finished.






























               B-42  Sample Installations

 











               %OAIVP-I-PASSED, File check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.















































                                                     Sample Installations  B-43

 











               0     ! "Running editor check"
               23     ! "EDT/WPS test."
               252     ! "    first address line check"
               258     ! "    second address line check"
               265     ! "    third address line check"
               270     ! "    fourth address line check"
               275     ! "    date check"
               282     ! "    day check"
               286     ! "    ALL-IN-1 username check"
               289     ! "     job title check"
               293     ! "EDT/WPS check PASSED."
               498     ! "WPS-PLUS check starting."
               935     ! "WPS-PLUS check finished."
               !     Merged list checksum is 805719118
               !         Correct checksum is 805719118
               951     ! "WPS-PLUS check PASSED"
               955     ! "Editor check PASSED."
               960     ! "Editor check finished."






























               B-44  Sample Installations

 











               IWP output files follow...















































                                                     Sample Installations  B-45

 











               Text created by EDT/WPS check
               -----------------------------
                                                             DECPARK,
                                                             WORTON GRANGE,
                                                             READING,
                                                             BERKSHIRE.
                                                          Thursday, 28-Jul-1989.
               Dear IVP user,
                    This is a test of the integration of EDT with ALL-IN-1.
                    If the address,day,date, and name and job title have been
                    substituted with the values of the IVP account then ALL-IN-1
                    and EDT are interacting correctly.
                    Yours Sincerely,
                            IVP USER,
                                INSTALLATION VERIFICATION

































               B-46  Sample Installations

 











               Text created by WPS-PLUS check
               ------------------------------
                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Kate Jelly,
               Office Equipment Ltd,
               666 London Rd,
               Reading.
               (0734) 663666.
               Dear Kate,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VAX/VMS 8800, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.















                                                     Sample Installations  B-47

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Susie Coggles,
               Art Equipment Ltd,
               69 London Rd,
               Reading.
               (0734)  696969.
               Dear Susie,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VAX/VMS 8650, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















               B-48  Sample Installations

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Jenny Dagleish,
               Art Equipment Ltd,
               31 Reading Gardens,
               Reading.
               (0734) 251017.
               Dear Jenny,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VaxStation 2000, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















                                                     Sample Installations  B-49

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Ruth Calladine ,
               Nutters Catering Compnay,
               73 Watlington Street,
               Reading.
               (0734) 956435.
               Dear Ruth,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VaxStation/GPX, you may
                   be interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711)
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















               B-50  Sample Installations

 











               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$MAIN.EXE;1 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$SUBMIT.EXE;1 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSEXE]OA$FORMATTER.EXE;25 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]FDVMSG.EXE;1 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]DPEMSG.EXE;17 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]XPORTMSG.EXE;74 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-PASSED, Message check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.

               LOG OF THE VERIFICATION OF ALL-IN-1 MESSAGES:
               ---------------------------------------------

               This should contain the string V2.4...

               Enter CMD: VERSION
               %OA-I-VERSION, ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 8-Dec-1989

                This should produce an Informational level message,
                and an RMS-E-FNF error

               Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN  THIS_IS_A_TEST
               %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
               -RMS-E-FNF, file not found
               %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
               -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                This should produce a Warning level message...

               Enter CMD: OA$SYM_GET_SYMBOL     THIS_IS_A_TEST
               %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                This should produce a Error level message...

               Enter CMD: OA$FBT_WRITE_LIBRARY THIS_IS_A.TEST
               %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling THIS_IS_A.TEST
                   form library

                FATAL level error messages cause the image to stop,
                 so they are not tested.

                                                     Sample Installations  B-51

 











               ! Demonstrating directory application.
               ! Verifying directory application.
               ! Demonstration of application has passed.
               ! Finished demonstrating application
                                       Personal Phone Directory Full Listing
               Date: 07/28/88                                           Page:1
                  .
                  .
                  .

               ! Running create account check
               3801       ! "Running create account check"
               4105       ! "Flushing unread mail "
               4111       ! "Deleting profile and template "
               4114       ! "Deleted profile and template"
               4114       ! "Deleting VMS account and identifier"
               4118       ! "Deleted VMS account"
               4122       ! "Account is clean"
               4138       ! "Creating account"
               ! Batch job creating account has finished
               4809       ! "Finished creating account"
               4810       ! "Starting mail send check"
               ! The user agent is unknown in the mail directory
               5694       ! "Sent message checksum: 1835745907"
               5696       ! "Received message checksum: 1835745907"
               ! Account create check has passed, checksums match
               5704       ! "Account create check has passed, checksums match"
               5799       ! "Deleting account"
               6022       ! "Finished deleting account"
               6030       ! "Create account check finished"
               ! Create account check finished
               ! Verifying Mail directory
               ! ALL-IN-1 Mail directory useragent name should be OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
               ! The following Mail directory useragent entries exist:
               ! ( DIGITAL MBMAN MASTER OBJECT )
               ! ( OA$LYNX$ALLIN1 )
               ! The Mail directory useragent entry for ALL-IN-1 which matched
                   is OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
               ! Mail directory verification has PASSED.
               ! Starting MR verification.
               ! MR verification has PASSED.
               !
               ! Both tests have passed.
               Verifying ALL-IN-1's interface with Message Router.
               ---------------------------------------------------
               Lowest valid version of MR is V3.


               B-52  Sample Installations

 











               Your current version of MR is MR V3.0-044.
               MR version correct.
               MR Mailbox entry for ALL-IN-1 verified to be A1.
               Message Router IVP has PASSED.
               End of Message Router IVP.
               ! Finished verifying Mail directory and MR.










































                                                     Sample Installations  B-53

 











               ! Running electronic mail check
               6592       ! "Running electronic mail check"
               7115       ! " Sent message checksum: 1835680371 "
               7117       ! " Received message checksum: 1835680371 "
               7123       ! "Electronic mail check has PASSED, checksums match."
               7193       ! "Electronic mail check finished."
               ! Electronic mail check finished.

               %A1IVP-I-IVPPASS,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 have passed.
                       Installation of A1 V2.4 completed at 12:34

               Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products:

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at 12:35

               B.3   Sample of an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Update Installation

                  This section contains a sample listing of all the output
                  and input when a multilingual ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system
                  was updated, on a system running VMS Version 5.2. The update
                  installation was performed to include Message Router Version
                  3.1 and Message Router VMSmail Gateway Version 3.1. The
                  ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 system had WPS-PLUS and VAX DATATRIEVE
                  integrated. The installer chose to:

                   o Install ALL-IN-1 from magnetic tape

                   o Integrate WPS-PLUS and ACMS

                   o Use the ALL-IN-1 directory as the primary directory

                   o Run the IVPs automatically at the end of the installation

                  The revision identifier, <rev>, indicates the revision of
                  your ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 kit.

               Username: SYSTEM
               Password:
                       Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.2 on node LYNX
                   Last interactive login on Monday, 7-DEC-1989 08:47
                   Last non-interactive login on Monday, 7-DEC-1989 08:25

               $ set default sys$update
               $ @vmsinstal

                       VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.1

               B-54  Sample Installations

 











               It is 8-DEC-1989 at 10:26.
               Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

               * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?
               YES
               * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0

               Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products: A1024
               * Enter installation options you wish to use (none):
               Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
               * Are you ready? YES
               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

               The following products will be processed:

                 A1 V2.4

                       Beginning installation of A1 V2.4 at 10:26

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RELMOVED, The products release notes have been
                   successfully moved to SYS$HELP.

               This is the BASE component of the ALL-IN-1 V2.4 SDC multiple-
                   media kit

                   Using the FULL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 kit, the following types of
                       installation
                   can be performed :-

                       (1)     First full installation of ALL-IN-1
                       (2)     Upgrade of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (3)     Update of ALL-IN-1 V2.4
                       (4)     Installation of an additional language
                       (5)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                                   language
                       (6)     Update of an existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language
                       (7)     Register licenses for pre-requisite software

               * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 3

               This is an UPDATE of ALL-IN-1 V2.4 to ALL-IN-1 V2.4.




                                                     Sample Installations  B-55

 











                                             ***CAUTION***
               Your system has been configured as a MULTI-LINGUAL system.  After
                   you
               have upgraded your base system, you must also upgrade all
                   additional
               language systems. You will not be able to use your additional
                   language
               systems until they have been upgraded to the same version as your
                   base
               system.

               Media TAPE0:A11024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted media labeled A11024. Please mount the MARKET kit
                   media which
               is labeled A12024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A12024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1CUS-I-RECOUK, Restoring the MARKET kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

               Media TAPE0:A12024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted media labeled A12024. Please mount the LANGUAGE kit
                   media which
               is labeled A13024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct media mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES

               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A13024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1LENGLISH-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

                  This is the ENGLISH version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

               * Does this product have an authorization key registered and
                   loaded [YES]? YES
               %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1 license is installed and loaded
               %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
               %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and
                   loaded

               * Do you want to purge files replaced by this installation? YES

               B-56  Sample Installations

 











               If DATATRIEVE is only occasionally used within ALL-IN-1 it is
                   suggested that
               you answer NO to the next question. You will still be able to use
                   DATATRIEVE
               within ALL-IN-1, but you will avoid the overhead of having it
                   physically
               linked with the ALL-IN-1 image. If you need to use a DATATRIEVE
               image other)
               than SYS$SHARE:DTRSHR.EXE then you MUST answer YES to the
                   following question.

               * Do you want to incorporate DATATRIEVE [NO]? NO
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DTRNOLINK, DATATRIEVE will not be linked with
                   ALL-IN-1

               If you wish to have the WPS-PLUS editor available then answer YES
               to the following question. If you answer NO, then your users will
               not be able to access the WPS-PLUS editor. Note this will also
               impact SPELL and MERGE functions.

               NOTE: You will be able to link WPS-PLUS in at a later time,
                   should you
               choose not to link it now.

               * Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-WPSLINK, The WPS-PLUS editor will be linked with
                   ALL-IN-1

               If you wish to interface with ACMS, then answer YES to the
                   following
               questions.

               NOTE:

                 o ACMS needs to be installed before ALL-IN-1.

                 o If the user answers yes and the relavent ACMS files are
                   present then the interface will get built. If they are not
                   then the default is to abort the link, in order to remedy it.

               * Do you want to incorporate ACMS [NO]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ACMSLINK, ACMS will be linked with ALL-IN-1

               %A1LENGLISH-I-DDIF, Checking CDA support software prerequisites
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DDIF, CDA integration will be supported

                    If you answer YES to this then you will produce TWO images -
               OA$MAIN.EXE and OALLVlanguage.EXE.  This will allow more than one
               image to be installed.

                                                     Sample Installations  B-57

 











               * Do you want to build a MULTI-LANGUAGE system [NO]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-MLLINK, ALL-IN-1 will be linked as a multi-language
                   system

                  ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each
                   language
                  you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date
                   format
                  for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed
                   by user
                  through the Set Working Conditions option.

                           Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

                       1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY     (Standard Default)
                       2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
                       3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
                       4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
                       5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
                       6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

               * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
               %A1LENGLISH-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and MM/DD/YY
                   (1) has been selected

               * What will be the greatest number of simultaneous ALL-IN-1
                   users: 5
               * Which batch queue would you like to use for sending/receiving
                   mail
               [SYS$BATCH]: SYS$BATCH
               * Do you want to use Message Router to send/receive messages
                   to/from other systems [NO]? YES

               * Do you want to use a Message Router on another node [NO]? NO
               * What level of Mail directory support do you want [0/1/2] [0]: 1

               * Enter password for the Mail directory user agent account:
               A1MAIL

               * Please confirm the Mail directory password specified: A1MAIL

               * What password do you want to use for the ALL-IN-1 Message
                   Router mailbox: LYNX_A1

               * Please confirm the password you have specified: LYNX_A1

               * Do you want to translate outgoing WPS-PLUS and DX messages to
                   ASCII [NO]? NO

               B-58  Sample Installations

 











               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY and OPTIONAL SW
                   prerequisites

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKQUOT, Checking process quotas for the current
                   process

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKLNAM, Checking ALL-IN-1 logical names

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKIDNT, Checking ALL-IN-1 general identifiers

               %A1LENGLISH-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$ADMIN will be used
                   from the previous installation.
               %A1LENGLISH-I-GENIDOK, General identifier OA$PRVAPP will be used
                   from the previous installation.

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKTRAC, Checking ALL-IN-1 transfer accounts

                VMS account named A1$XFER_IN, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
                   purposes only, was already created before this installation.

                   You have two options:

                 1.  Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to
                         be used
                     for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY. Note that in this case, some
                         characteristics
                     of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be
                         changed during
                     the installation.
                 2.  Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and
                         then start
                     again.

                * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_IN account [NO]?
               YES

                 VMS account named A1$XFER_OUT, which should be used for ALL-IN-1
                   purposes only, was already created before this installation.

                   You have two options:








                                                     Sample Installations  B-59

 











                 1.  Answer YES if you want the existing A1$TRANSFER account to
                         be used
                     for ALL-IN-1 purposes ONLY. Note that in this case, some
                         characteristics
                     of the account (e.g. UIC, PASSWORD, ACCESS type) may be
                         changed during
                     the installation.
                 2.  Answer NO to stop the installation, correct the problem and
                         then start
                     again.

                * Do you want to use the existing A1$XFER_OUT account [NO]?
               YES

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKVMSV, Checking VAX/VMS version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKLIBS, Checking required shareable libraries are
                   installed
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKFMSV, Checking VAX/FMS version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKMROV, Checking Message Router version
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

                       All software checks have been successful.
                       Installation will continue.

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

                       NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
                       The installation will continue.

               * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 manager's
                   account [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1

                           OWNER      =  ALLIN1
                           USERNAME   =  ALLIN1
                           UIC        =  [000001,000100]
                           ACCOUNT    =  ALLIN1
                           PRIVS      =
                           PRIORITY   =
                           DIRECTORY  =  [ALLIN1]

               * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are
                   correct [YES]? YES






               B-60  Sample Installations

 











               A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be
                   modified.
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of
                   62500
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation update an ACCOUNT named
                   ALLIN1.
               %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated
               %VMSINSTAL-I-ACCOUNT, This installation updates an ACCOUNT named
                   ALLIN1.
               %UAF-I-MDFYMSG, user record(s) updated

               %A1LENGLISH-I-CREATID, Create ALL-IN-1 RIGHTS identifiers ...
               %A1LENGLISH-I-GRANTID, Grant ALL-IN-1 general identifiers to UIC
                   [1,100] ...

               * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
               %A1LENGLISH-I-KITREVS, The following items will be installed:

               %A1LENGLISH-I-BASEREV, ALL-IN-1 BASE kit        - Revision <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-CTRYREV, ALL-IN-1 US MARKET kit   - Revision <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-LANGREV, ALL-IN-1 ENGLISH LANGUAGE kit  - Revision
                   <rev>
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
               %A1LENGLISH-I-ONEMEDEX, One more media change required before
                   installation can continue unaided.
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
               VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...

               Tape TAPE0:A13024 dismounted. (MEDIA CHANGE REQUIRED ) :
               Dismounted tape labeled A13024. Please mount the BASE kit tape
                   which
               is labeled A11024 and reply to the prompt below  (Answer NO to
                   exit).

               * Type YES when correct tape mounted, NO to terminate
                   installation? YES







                                                     Sample Installations  B-61

 











               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A11024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:
               %A1-I-REMBKSS, Restoring any remaining BASE kit  savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               %A1-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

               Building shared image modules
               Shared image modules built
               Linking the OA$MAIN image
                  .
                  .
                  .
               %A1-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images

                During the installation, a file called A1V24START.COM has been
                   added
                to SYS$MANAGER:

                A document outlining the changes affecting your users has been
                   added
                to the MANAGER'S directory. Please distribute USERCHANGES.WPL to
                   your
                users after installation.

               ****************************************************************
                   ************
               ****************************************************************
               ************)
               *
                              *
               *The VMS site-dependent start-up file should have the following
                   line added:*
               *                                                               *
               *$ @SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE]    *
               *                                                               *
               *where SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.DATA_SHARE] is the location of the *
               *ALL-IN-1 configuration file -- A1CONFIG.DAT                    *
               *
                             *
               *This procedure must be invoked before users can successfully use
                    ALL-IN-1 *
               *
                             *
               *****************************************************************
                   ***********

               B-62  Sample Installations

 











               *****************************************************************
                   ***********


               During the installation, a second file called A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM,

               has been added to SYS$MANAGER.

               This file must be run at system login time OR from each user's
                   LOGIN.COM.
               Please refer to the Installation Guide for details.

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- removing form libraries &
                   TXL"
               %OA-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section
               %OA-E-NOSUCHSEC, no such (global) section

                        SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:38

               %A1-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- opening form libraries"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- updating A1CONFIG data file"

                        SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:40

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling form libraries..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling OAFORM..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling MEMRES..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling SITEOAFORM..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- compiling SITEMEMRES..."
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- form libraries compiled"
               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "ALL-IN-1 running -- data file and form
                   processing complete"

                        SYSTEM finished using ALL-IN-1 at 8-Dec-1989 11:44

               %A1-I-CREMBX, Creating mailbox entry A1
                       This is MRMAN V3.1
               %Added A1,                   Owner=ALLIN1 Complete_Messages
                   Ignore_Sender
               Grant_Id Service_Messages
               %A1-I-DDSUA, Creating DDS UA entry for OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
                MBMAN V3.1 (BL5.10)
                Name    : OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
                Master copy owning node  : LYNX



                                                     Sample Installations  B-63

 











               %A1-I-DDSSUB, Creating DDS subscriber entry for MANAGER
                MBMAN V3.1 (BL5.10)
                Surname    : MANAGER
                Name    : MANAGER
                Unique subscriber identifier : OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
                Proxy user agent  : OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
                Master copy owning node  : LYNX


               When the VMSINSTAL procedure terminates, remember to attend to
                   the
               POST-INSTALLATION tasks described in the Installation guide.

               Failure to do this will result in ALL-IN-1 not working correctly

               The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 has now completed
               %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
                   directories...

                   The IVP for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 takes about 30 minutes to run. This
                       will
                vary according to the system that it is running on.

                   It will first of all run SYS$MANAGER:A1V24START to initialise
               ALL-IN-1 logical names and to install the various images
                   required. It
               also will clear the VMS account name associated with the ALL-IN-1
                   IVP
               account. Should the IVPs fail to reset the VMS username in the
                   PROFILE,
               then please reset it to the same as the MANAGER vms username as
                   soon as
               possible, by doing the following:

                  $ALLIN1/NOINIT
                  Enter CMD: WRITE CHANGE PROFIL USER="IVP",VMSUSR="ALLIN1"

                   If the IVPs fail then please investigate the log files found
                       in
                OA$IVP. There is an additional log file in SYS$MANAGER called
                ALLIN1IVP.LOG containing the  messages from running ALL-IN-1
                   IVPs.
                This may sometimes prove useful, for instance if ALL-IN-1 fails
                   to
                run, it can be seen in this file. To run the IVPs again type:

                  $SET PROC/PRIV=(NOBYPASS,ALL)
                  $ALLIN1/USER=IVP

               B-64  Sample Installations

 











                   Use the various options on the menu that is presented to run
                       parts
                of the IVP or all of it. The  "ALL" option is what is run during
                   the
                installation phase IVPs. See  the System Management Guide for
                   more
                details.

                  As an aid to finding problems then please read IVPHINTS.MEM in
                OA$IVP:

               %A1IVP-I-IVPSTART,Running startup for ALL-IN-1 .

                       Starting ALL-IN-1
                       Installing ALL-IN-1 images
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLCOM.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGOSENVR.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>MAILCOUNT.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$MAIN.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE>OA$SUBMIT.EXE
                       Defining language independent logical names
                       Defining ENGLISH language logical names
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>OA$LLVENGLISH.EXE
               %INSTALL-W-NOPREV, no previous entry exists - new entry created
                   for SYS$SYSDEVICE:<SYS0.SYSCOMMON.SYSLIB>LNGSPLENG.EXE

                       Running ALL-IN-1 to install the ENGLISH FORM LIBRARIES

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                       Running ALL-IN-1 to define SHARED AREA logicals

               %OA-I-LASTLINE, "" ALL-IN-1 is RUNNING""

                       Starting the TM SERVER
                       Starting OA$FCV
                       Starting the MAIL Sender and Fetcher
                       ALL-IN-1 startup procedure completed

               %A1IVP-I-IVPFINISH,Finished running startup for ALL-IN-1 .
               %A1IVP-I-IVPSTART,Running IVPs for ALL-IN-1 .

               %A1IVP-I-IVPFINISH,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 have finished .

                                                     Sample Installations  B-65

 











               Log File for ALL option
               -----------------------
               ! Starting verification of interface with VMS.
               !
               ! Starting verification of form library compilation.
               ! Checksum of FLC should be (6D4C620C).
               ! Test of form library compilation has passed.
               ! IVP checksum of form library = 6D4C620C.
               ! Finished verifying form library compilation.
               !
               ! Starting verification of CLI interface.
               ! CLI symbol ivpclistatus = ALL-IN-1 V2.4.
               ! verification of CLI interface has passed.
               ! Finished verifying CLI interface.
               !
               ! Verification of interface with VMS has PASSED.
               !
               ! Verification of interface with VMS has finished.






























               B-66  Sample Installations

 











               %OAIVP-I-PASSED, File check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.















































                                                     Sample Installations  B-67

 











               0     ! "Running editor check"
               23     ! "EDT/WPS test."
               252     ! "    first address line check"
               258     ! "    second address line check"
               265     ! "    third address line check"
               270     ! "    fourth address line check"
               275     ! "    date check"
               282     ! "    day check"
               286     ! "    ALL-IN-1 username check"
               289     ! "     job title check"
               293     ! "EDT/WPS check PASSED."
               498     ! "WPS-PLUS check starting."
               935     ! "WPS-PLUS check finished."
               !     Merged list checksum is 805719118
               !         Correct checksum is 805719118
               951     ! "WPS-PLUS check PASSED"
               955     ! "Editor check PASSED."
               960     ! "Editor check finished."






























               B-68  Sample Installations

 











               IWP output files follow...















































                                                     Sample Installations  B-69

 











               Text created by WPS-PLUS check
               ------------------------------
                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Kate Jelly,
               Office Equipment Ltd,
               666 London Rd,
               Reading.
               (0734) 663666.
               Dear Kate,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VAX/VMS 8800, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.















               B-70  Sample Installations

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Susie Coggles,
               Art Equipment Ltd,
               69 London Rd,
               Reading.
               (0734)  696969.
               Dear Susie,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VAX/VMS 8650, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















                                                     Sample Installations  B-71

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Jenny Dagleish,
               Art Equipment Ltd,
               31 Reading Gardens,
               Reading.
               (0734) 251017.
               Dear Jenny,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.2 on your VaxStation 2000, you may be
                   interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















               B-72  Sample Installations

 











                                                            OA Sales Department,
                                                        Digital Equip. Corp.,
                                                          DECpark,
                                                           Worton Grange,
                                                                  Reading,Berks.
                                                        (0734) 868711
               Ruth Calladine ,
               Nutters Catering Compnay,
               73 Watlington Street,
               Reading.
               (0734) 956435.
               Dear Ruth,
                 As a user of ALL-IN-1 V2.1/BEV on your VaxStation/GPX, you may
                   be interested
                 to know that Digital's OA engineering group has just announced
                   the
                 availability of ALL-IN-1 V2.3 - a huge step forward for the
                   future of
                 office automation. It's many *NEW* features include multiple
                   select
                 options for the File Cabinet, forward and backward scrolling on
                   Read,
                 as well as the capacity for multiple languages. All this
                   together with
                 the advanced WP Grammer Checker option, make this THE OFFICE
                   PRODUCT OF
                 1989.
                       Phone NOW for a demonstration - on (0734) 868711)
                  Yours faithfully,
                       Alain M. Cleaner,
                          Office Products Manager.

















                                                     Sample Installations  B-73

 











               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$MAIN.EXE;1 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1.LIB_SHARE]OA$SUBMIT.EXE;1 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSEXE]OA$FORMATTER.EXE;25 is
                   installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]FDVMSG.EXE;1 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]DPEMSG.EXE;17 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-INST, SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]XPORTMSG.EXE;74 is installed.

               %OAIVP-I-PASSED, Message check for ALL-IN-1 has passed.

               LOG OF THE VERIFICATION OF ALL-IN-1 MESSAGES:
               ---------------------------------------------

               This should contain the string V2.4...

               Enter CMD: VERSION
               %OA-I-VERSION, ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 8-Dec-1989

                This should produce an Informational level message,
                and an RMS-E-FNF error

               Enter CMD: OA$FLO_OPEN  THIS_IS_A_TEST
               %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
               -RMS-E-FNF, file not found
               %OA-I-LNF, Error opening form library "THIS_IS_A_TEST"
               -RMS-E-FNF, file not found

                This should produce a Warning level message...

               Enter CMD: OA$SYM_GET_SYMBOL     THIS_IS_A_TEST
               %OA-W-INVGET, Symbol "THIS_IS_A_TEST" not found

                This should produce a Error level message...

               Enter CMD: OA$FBT_WRITE_LIBRARY THIS_IS_A.TEST
               %OA-E-BADLIB, Error occurred while pre-compiling THIS_IS_A.TEST
                   form library

                FATAL level error messages cause the image to stop,
                 so they are not tested.

               B-74  Sample Installations

 











               ! Demonstrating directory application.
               ! Verifying directory application.
               ! Demonstration of application has passed.
               ! Finished demonstrating application
                                       Personal Phone Directory Full Listing
               Date: 07/28/88                                           Page:1
                  .
                  .
                  .

               ! Running create account check
               3801       ! "Running create account check"
               4105       ! "Flushing unread mail "
               4111       ! "Deleting profile and template "
               4114       ! "Deleted profile and template"
               4114       ! "Deleting VMS account and identifier"
               4118       ! "Deleted VMS account"
               4122       ! "Account is clean"
               4138       ! "Creating account"
               ! Batch job creating account has finished
               4809       ! "Finished creating account"
               4810       ! "Starting mail send check"
               ! The user agent is unknown in the mail directory
               5694       ! "Sent message checksum: 1835745907"
               5696       ! "Received message checksum: 1835745907"
               ! Account create check has passed, checksums match
               5704       ! "Account create check has passed, checksums match"
               5799       ! "Deleting account"
               6022       ! "Finished deleting account"
               6030       ! "Create account check finished"
               ! Create account check finished
               ! Verifying Mail directory
               ! ALL-IN-1 Mail directory useragent name should be OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
               ! The following Mail directory useragent entries exist:
               ! ( DIGITAL MBMAN MASTER OBJECT )
               ! ( OA$LYNX$ALLIN1 )
               ! The Mail directory useragent entry for ALL-IN-1 which matched
                   is OA$LYNX$ALLIN1
               ! Mail directory verification has PASSED.
               ! Starting MR verification.
               ! MR verification has PASSED.
               !
               ! Both tests have passed.
               Verifying ALL-IN-1's interface with Message Router.
               ---------------------------------------------------
               Lowest valid version of MR is V3.


                                                     Sample Installations  B-75

 











               Your current version of MR is MR V3.0-044.
               MR version correct.
               MR Mailbox entry for ALL-IN-1 verified to be A1.
               Message Router IVP has PASSED.
               End of Message Router IVP.
               ! Finished verifying Mail directory and MR.










































               B-76  Sample Installations

 











               ! Running electronic mail check
               6592       ! "Running electronic mail check"
               7115       ! " Sent message checksum: 1835680371 "
               7117       ! " Received message checksum: 1835680371 "
               7123       ! "Electronic mail check has PASSED, checksums match."
               7193       ! "Electronic mail check finished."
               ! Electronic mail check finished.

               %A1IVP-I-IVPPASS,The IVPs for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 have passed.
                       Installation of A1 V2.4 completed at 12:34

               Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products:

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at 12:35

               B.4   Additional Language Installation

                  This section contains a sample listing of all the output and
                  input when the GERMAN language was installed as an additional
                  language on a system running VMS Version 5.2. The ALL-IN-1
                  Version 2.4 system has WPS-PLUS and ACMS integrated. The
                  installer chose to install the additional language from
                  magnetic tape.

               Username: SYSTEM
               Password:
                       Welcome to VAX/VMS Version V5.2 on node LYNX
                   Last interactive login on Monday, 15-DEC-1989 08:47
                   Last non-interactive login on Monday, 15-DEC-1989 08:25

               $ set default sys$update
               $ @vmsinstal

                       VAX/VMS Software Product Installation Procedure V5.2

               It is 15-DEC-1989 at 09:11.
               Enter a question mark (?) at any time for help.

               * Are you satisfied with the backup of your system disk [YES]?
               YES
               * Where will the distribution volumes be mounted: TAPE0





                                                     Sample Installations  B-77

 











               Enter the products to be processed from the first distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products: A1LGERMAN024
               Please mount the first volume of the set on TAPE0:.
               * Are you ready? YES
               %MOUNT-I-MOUNTED, A13024 mounted on _LYNX$TAPE0:

               The following products will be processed:

                 A1LGERMAN V2.4

                       Beginning installation of A1LGERMAN V2.4 at 09:11

               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset A...

               This is a LOCAL ALL-IN-1 V2.4 LANGUAGE-only kit (GERMAN)

               Using the LANGUAGE only ALL-IN-1 V2.4 kit, the following types of
                   installation
               can be performed :-

                       (1)     Installation of an additional language
                       (2)     Upgrade of an additional existing ALL-IN-1 V2.3
                                   language
                       (3)     Update of an existing ALL-IN-1 V2.4 language

               * Do you want to continue [YES]? YES
               * What type of installation do you wish to perform [1]: 1

               This is the GERMAN Additional Language installation

               %A1LGERMAN-I-RELANK, Restoring the LANGUAGE kit savesets.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset B...

                  This is the GERMAN version of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

               * Does this product have an authorization key registered and
                   loaded [YES]? YES
               %LMF-I-GOTLICENSE,  An ALLIN1-UI-GERMAN license is installed and
                   loaded
               %LMF-I-CHKSWLIC,  Checking licenses for prerequisite software
               %LMF-I-CONFLICENSE,  All necessary licenses are installed and
                   loaded

                       During your first language installation you elected to
                           install
                       ALL-IN-1 without DATATRIEVE, so this tool will NOT is
                           available from your
                       GERMAN ALL-IN-1.

               B-78  Sample Installations

 











                       During your first language installation you elected to
                           integrate
                       WPS-PLUS. It means that you can  access  WPS-PLUS as an
                           additional
                       editor from your GERMAN ALL-IN-1 as well.

                       During your first language installation you elected to
                           install
                       ALL-IN-1 with ACMS, so this tool will be available from
                           your
                       GERMAN ALL-IN-1.

               %A1LGERMAN-I-CHKSWPR, Checking MANDATORY SW prerequisites

               %A1LGERMAN-I-CHKMROV, Checking the existence of ALL-IN-1 logical
                   names
               %A1LGERMAN-I-CHKPARA, Checking system parameters

                       All S/W checks have been successful.
                       Installation will continue.

               %A1LGERMAN-I-CHKDISK, Checking DISK SPACE

                  ALL-IN-1 allows you to select a default date format for each
                      language
                  you have installed. This will become the default ALL-IN-1 date
                      format
                  for each user (on a per language basis). This may be changed
                      by user
                  through the Set Working Conditions option.

                           Alphanumeric Date  Numeric Date

                       1      DD-MMM-YYYY       MM/DD/YY     (Standard Default)
                       2      DD-MMM-YYYY       DD/MM/YY
                       3      DD-MMM-YYYY       YY/MM/DD
                       4      YYYY-MMM-DD       MM/DD/YY
                       5      YYYY-MMM-DD       DD/MM/YY
                       6      YYYY-MMM-DD       YY/MM/DD

               * Which date format do you require [1]: 1
               %A1LGERMAN-I-DATEFORMAT, Date format DD-MMM-YYYY and DD/MM/YY
                   (2) has been selected

               * Which device will hold the ALL-IN-1 GERMAN language files
               [SYS$SYSDEVICE:]: SYS$SYSDEVICE

                       NO missing DISK SPACE prerequisites discovered.
                       The installation will continue.

                                                     Sample Installations  B-79

 











               * What is the existing VMS username for the ALL-IN-1 account
                   [ALLIN1]: ALLIN1
                               OWNER           =
                               USERNAME        =       ALLIN1
                               UIC             =       [1,100]
                               ACCOUNT         =
                               PRIVS           =       All
                               PRIORITY        =       4
                               DIRECTORY       =       SYS$SYSDEVICE:[ALLIN1]

               * Are you sure all the specified account's characteristics are
                   correct [YES]? YES

               A DISKQUOTA entry on SYS$SYSDEVICE: for UIC [1,100] will now be
                   modified.
               %DISKQ-I-INUSE, [000001,000100] has 96395 blocks in use
               The DISKQUOTA entry has been modified to: PERMANENT quota of
                   87904
               and OVERDRAFT quota of 5000.
               * Enter ALL-IN-1 top-level directory required for all GERMAN
                   files [GERMAN]: GERMAN
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.BLP_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.CBI_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.DATA_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.DO_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.IVP_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.LIB_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.LLV_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SCP_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.DATA_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.LIB_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory


               B-80  Sample Installations

 











               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.DO_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.BLP_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.SCP_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.SOURCES_GERMAN].
               %VMSINSTAL-I-SYSDISK, This product creates system disk directory
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[GERMAN.SITE.DEV_GERMAN].

               * Do you want to run the IVP after the installation [YES]? YES
               %A1LGERMAN-I-ASKDONE, All questions have now been completed.
               %A1LGERMAN-I-SOMTIME, Installation will now continue for some
                   time. No further
               action required.
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset C...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset D...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset E...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset F...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset G...
               %VMSINSTAL-I-RESTORE, Restoring product saveset H...
               %A1LGERMAN-I-A1LINK, Starting to link images

               Linking the OA$LLVGERMAN.EXE

               %A1LGERMAN-I-A1LINKED, Finished linking images
               %A1LGERMAN-I-RNEPROF, Running command procedure EPROFIL.CA1
                  .
                  .
                  .

               The installation procedure for ALL-IN-1 V2.4 has now completed
               %VMSINSTAL-I-MOVEFILES, Files will now be moved to their target
                   directories...

                       Installation of A1LGERMAN V2.4 completed at 11:47

               Enter the products to be processed from the next distribution
                   volume set.
               * Products:

                       VMSINSTAL procedure done at 11:48






                                                     Sample Installations  B-81

 

















                                                                              C
               ________________________________________________________________

                               Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System




                  The ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 installation procedure installs
                  a number of files on your system and defines some logical
                  names. Section C.1 lists the files installed in directories
                  other than the main ALL-IN-1 directories (for example,
                  SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]). Section C.2 lists the logical names
                  that are added to the system logical name table. Section C.3
                  shows the directory structure of an ALL-IN-1 system installed
                  on separate disks.

               C.1   Files Installed in Non-ALL-IN-1 Directories

                  The following list shows the files that are installed in
                  directories other than the ALL-IN-1 directories.

                    Directory SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSMGR]

                    ALLIN1_IVP.LOG;1


                    Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSMGR]

                    A1V24START.COM;1        A1WPSPLUS_LOGIN.COM;1

                    Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP]

                    A1024.RELEASE_NOTES;1   A1LRlang024.RELEASE_NOTES;1
                    A1CRmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES;1

               Note A1024.RELEASE_NOTES does not contain any release notes. To
                  access the Release Notes, that is the files
                  A1LRlang024.RELEASE_NOTES and A1CRmarket024.RELEASE_NOTES,



                          Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-1

 











                  carry out the steps described in Chapter 2.

                    Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]

                    DPESHR.EXE;1        FDVSHR.EXE;1       LNGOSENVR.EXE;1
                    LNGSPLAE2.LGS;1     LNGSPLAET.LGM;1    LNGSPLAET.LGS;1
                    LNGSPLAEU.LGM;1     LNGSPLAEU.LGS;1    LNGSPLCOM.EXE;1
                    LNGSPLlang.EXE;1    LNGSPLSHR.EXE;1    OA$LLVlanguage.EXE;1
                    XPORT.L32;1         XPORT.OLB;1        XPORT.REQ;1

                  lang is a three-letter code identifying the language
                  installed, and language is the language name. You may have
                  more than one version if you have installed additional
                  languages. Note that OA$LLVlanguage.EXE is created only if
                  you install ALL-IN-1 as a multilanguage system.

                    Directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSMSG]

                    DPEMSG.EXE;1        FDVMSG.EXE;1       LNGSPLMSG.EXE;1
                    XPORTMSG.EXE;1


               C.2   Logical Names

                  The following logical names are defined when ALL-IN-1 Version
                  2.4 is installed. These names are stored in the startup file,
                  A1V24START.COM. They are automatically defined whenever the
                  system reboots or whenever the software is invoked.

                  C.2.1  Logical Names Entered into the System Logical Name
                  Table

                  The following logical names are entered into the system
                  logical name table, LNM$SYSTEM_TABLE.

               Note Copies of all logical names that end in _LLV exist in both
                  the system logical name table and the logical name table for
                  the default language.










               C-2  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 











                    DX$PRINT
                    FAC$COMMON
                    KOA$HEAP_SIZE
                    KOA$PRINT_DIR
                    KOA$PRINT_SHARE
                    OA$ADMIN_DATA
                    OA$BLP
                    OA$BLP_lang
                    OA$BLP_LLV
                    OA$BLP_SHARE
                    OA$BUILD
                    OA$BUILD_SHARE
                    OA$DATA
                    OA$DATA_LLV
                    OA$DATA_SHARE
                    OA$DDS_PRIME
                    OA$DEFAULT_LANGUAGE
                    OA$DO
                    OA$DO_lang
                    OA$DO_LLV
                    OA$DO_SHARE
                    OA$IMAGE
                    OA$LIB
                    OA$LIB_lang
                    OA$LIB_LLV
                    OA$LIB_SHARE
                    OA$LLV
                    OA$LOADUSER
                    OA$LOG
                    OA$MAIL_NUM_ADDRESSES
                    OA$MTI_AREA
                    OA$MTI_DATA
                    OA$MTI_ERR
                    OA$MTI_LOG
                    OA$MTI_MAILBX
                    OA$MTI_MR_NODE    (If you are using a remote Message Router)
                    OA$MTI_OPER
                    OA$MTI_QUEUE
                    OA$MTI_TRNS
                    OA$PRIMARY_NODE
                    OA$SCP
                    OA$SCP_lang
                    OA$SCP_LLV
                    OA$SCP_SHARE
                    OA$SHARE          (The logical names OA$SHARE* refer to Mail



                          Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-3

 











                                       area E which is created during the
                                       installation of ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4)
                    OA$SHAREn         (n is from 1 to the number of shared
                                       directories specified during the
                                       installation)
                    OA$SHARE_HIGH
                    OA$SHARE_LOW
                    OA$SITE_BLP_lang
                    OA$SITE_BLP_LLV
                    OA$SITE_BLP_SHARE
                    OA$SITE_BUILD_LLV
                    OA$SITE_BUILD_SHARE
                    OA$SITE_DATA
                    OA$SITE_DATA_LLV
                    OA$SITE_DATA_SHARE
                    OA$SITE_DEV
                    OA$SITE_DEV_lang
                    OA$SITE_DEV_LLV
                    OA$SITE_DEV_SHARE
                    OA$SITE_DO_lang
                    OA$SITE_DO_LLV
                    OA$SITE_DO_SHARE
                    OA$SITE_LIB
                    OA$SITE_LIB_lang
                    OA$SITE_LIB_LLV
                    OA$SITE_LIB_SHARE
                    OA$SITE_SCP_lang
                    OA$SITE_SCP_LLV
                    OA$SITE_SCP_SHARE
                    OA$SUBMIT_IMAGE
                    OA$SUBSCRIBER_MAIL
                    OA$SYSTEM_LISTS
                    OA$TRANSFER

                  C.2.2  Logical Names Entered into the Language Logical Name
                  Table

                  The following logical names are entered into a language-
                  specific logical name table for the language installed,
                  OA$lang_TABLE. The same logical names are used for all
                  languages although their definitions are different.

               Note Copies of all logical names that end in _LLV exist in both
                  the system logical name table and the logical name table for
                  the default language.



               C-4  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 











                    OA$BLP_LLV
                    OA$DATA_LLV
                    OA$DO_LLV
                    OA$LIB_LLV
                    OA$LLV
                    OA$SCP_LLV
                    OA$SITE_BLP_LLV
                    OA$SITE_BUILD_LLV
                    OA$SITE_DATA_LLV
                    OA$SITE_DEV_LLV
                    OA$SITE_DO_LLV
                    OA$SITE_LIB_LLV
                    OA$SITE_SCP_LLV


               C.3   Directory Structure of an ALL-IN-1 System Installed on
                    Separate Disks

                  Figures C-1 to C-6 show the directory structure of an ALL-IN-
                  1 Version 2.4 system installed on the system disk and disks
                  DISK0 to DISK4. Each area of ALL-IN-1 (see Section 1.8.16)
                  was installed on a different disk, with a different directory
                  specified for each area:

                   o The ALL-IN-1 manager's account was installed on the system
                     disk SYS$SYSDEVICE: using the account name MANAGER.

                   o The shared library files were installed on disk DISK0
                     using the directory name LIBRARY.

                   o The language files were installed on disk DISK1 using the
                     directory name LANGUAGE.

                   o The shared data files were installed on disk DISK2 using
                     the directory name DATA.

                   o The mail area SDAF file was installed on disk DISK3 using
                     the directory name MAIL.

                   o The shared directories were installed on disk DISK4 using
                     the directory name SHARED.

                  If you want to move an ALL-IN-1 area to another disk, copy
                  the directories in that area as shown in Figures C-1 to
                  C-5 (the shared directories cannot be moved once they are
                  created). See Appendix D for details.


                          Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-5

 











               Figure C-1    Directory Structure of the ALL-IN-1 Manager's
                             Account

                                         +--+[.IVPUSER]+-------+-------+[.DOC0]
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     +-------+[.DOC9]
                                         |                     |
                                         |                     +-------+[.MSG]
                                         |                     |
                                         |                     +-------+[.UDP]
                                         |
                                         |
                                         +--+[.MGR]+-----------+-------+[.DOC0]
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     +-------+[.DOC9]
                                         |                     |
               SYS$SYSDEVICE:[MANAGER]+--+                     +-------+[.MSG]
                                         |                     |
                                         |                     +-------+[.UDP]
                                         |
                                         |
                                         +--+[.POSTMASTE]+-----+-------+[.DOC0]
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     |           .
                                         |                     +-------+[.DOC9]
                                         |                     |
                                         |                     +-------+[.MSG]
                                         |                     |
                                         |                     +-------+[.UDP]
                                         |
                                         |
                                         |
                                         +---+[.TRANSFER_INCOMING]
                                         |
                                         +---+[.TRANSFER_OUTGOING]








               C-6  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 











               Figure C-2    Directory Structure for the Library Files

                                  +----+[.ADMIN_DATA]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.BLP_SHARE]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.DO_SHARE]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.LIB_SHARE]+----------[.USER]
                                  |
                                  |
               DISK0:[LIBRARY]+---+----+[.LOG]
                                  |
                                  |                       +---+[.BLP_SHARE]
                                  +----+[.PRINT]          |
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       +---+[.DEV_SHARE]
                                  +----+[SCP_SHARE]       |
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       +---+[.DO_SHARE]
                                  +----+[.SITE]+----------+
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       +---+[.LIB_SHARE]
                                  +----+[.SOURCES]        |
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       +---+[.SCP_SHARE]
                                  +----+[.SYSTEM_LISTS]   |
                                                          |
                                                          +---+[.SOURCES_SHARE]
















                          Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-7

 











               Figure C-3    Directory Structure for the Language Files

                                  +-----[.BLP_lang]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.CBI_lang]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.DATA_lang]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.DO_lang]
                                  |
                                  |
               DISK1:[LANGUAGES]+-+----+[.IVP_lang]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +----+[.LIB_lang]       +---+[.BLP_lang]
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       |
                                  +----+[.LLV_lang]       +---+[.DATA_lang]
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       |
                                  +----+[.SCP_lang]       +---+[.DEV_lang]
                                  |                       |
                                  |                       |
                                  +----+[.SITE]+----------+---+[.DO_lang]
                                                          |
                                                          +---+[.LIB_lang]
                                                          |
                                                          |
                                                          +---+[.SCP_lang]
                                                          |
                                                          |
                                                          +---+[.SOURCES_lang]













               C-8  Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System

 











               Figure C-4    Directory Structure for the Data Files

                                 +---+[.DATA_SHARE]
                                 |
                                 |
               DISK2:[DATA]+-----+
                                 |
                                 |
                                 +---+[.SITE]+---------+[.DATA_SHARE]

               Figure C-5    Directory Structure for Mail Area E


               DISK3:[MAIL]+----+[.SHARE_E]







               Figure C-6    Directory Structure for the Shared Directories

                                  +---+[.SHARED1]
                                  |
                                  |
               DISK4:[SHARED]+----+---+[.SHARED2]
                                  |
                                  |
                                  +---+[.SHARED3]


















                          Files and Logical Names Installed on Your System  C-9

 

















                                                                              D
               ________________________________________________________________

                                    Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4




                  This appendix describes changes to the configuration of ALL-
                  IN-1 Version 2.4 that do not require an update installation
                  to be performed. You can:

                   o Change the configuration to incorporate VAX DATATRIEVE
                     with ALL-IN-1

                   o Change the configuration to incorporate WPS-PLUS with
                     ALL-IN-1

                   o Change the configuration to incorporate VAX Application
                     Control and Management System (ACMS) with ALL-IN-1

                   o Change the location of the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 areas

                  CAUTION This task involves modifying the ALL-IN-1 Version
                     2.4 configuration database. This database is crucial
                     to the operation of ALL-IN-1 and changes must be made
                     with extreme care. Digital recommends that you take a
                     backup copy of OA$DATA_SHARE:A1CONFIG.DAT before making
                     any changes.

                  If you want to change to using WPS-PLUS or Message Router for
                  the first time, you must perform an update installation (see
                  Chapter 11).

               D.1   Change to Using VAX DATATRIEVE

                  If you want to incorporate VAX DATATRIEVE with ALL-IN-1 , do
                  the following:

                   1 Install VAX DATATRIEVE Version 5.0 (see the VAX DATATRIEVE
                     Installation Guide)

                               Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4  D-1

 











                   2 Relink ALL-IN-1 (see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide) and
                     answer YES to the question "Do you want to incorporate
                     DATATRIEVE?"


               D.2   Change to Using WPS-PLUS

                  If you installed ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 without incorporating
                  WPS-PLUS, the WPS-PLUS files were not installed during the
                  installation. Therefore, if you want to use WPS-PLUS with
                  ALL-IN-1, you must perform an update installation (see
                  Chapter 11) to install these files, and answer YES to the
                  prompt:

                  Do you want to incorporate WPS-PLUS [YES]?

               D.3   Change to Using VAX ACMS

                  If you want to incorporate VAX ACMS with ALL-IN-1 , do the
                  following:

                   1 Install VAX ACMS Version 3.1 (see the VAX ACMS Installation
                     Guide)

                   2 Relink ALL-IN-1 (see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide) and
                     answer YES to the question "Do you want to incorporate
                     ACMS?"

               D.4   Change the Location of an ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Area

                  If you want to move an ALL-IN-1 area to another disk, do the
                  following:

                   1 Shut down ALL-IN-1 (see the ALL-IN-1 Management Guide).

                   2 Copy the directories in that area to the appropriate disk.
                     A list of
                     ALL-IN-1 areas is given in the ALL-IN-1 Installation Guide
                     Part 3 Market Installation.

                     For a list of the directories in each area see Appendix C,
                     Section C.3.

                   3 Enter the ALL-IN-1 manager's ALL-IN-1 account:

                     $ ALL-IN-1 /USERNAME=MANAGER /OVERRIDE=SHUTDOWN

                   4 Change the ALL-IN-1 configuration file as follows:

                      a Enter A1CONFIG. The ALL-IN-1 System Configuration
                        Information form is displayed.

               D-2  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 











                      b Enter the key of the component required:

                         o Enter A1BASE for the base component. The base
                           component description record is displayed.

                         o Enter language name for the appropriate language
                           component. The language component description record
                           is displayed.

                      c Enter C to change the record.

                      d Move the cursor to the field relating to the files that
                        are to be moved. For the base system the fields are:

                         o "File Location" for the ALL-IN-1 library files

                         o "Data Location" for the ALL-IN-1 data files

                         o "Site File Loc" for the ALL-IN-1 site library files

                         o "Site Data Loc" for the ALL-IN-1 site data files

                         o "ALL-IN-1 Mgr's Dir" for the ALL-IN-1 manager's
                           directory

                        Enter the new location of the files.

                        For the language system the fields are:

                         o "File Location" for the ALL-IN-1 language files

                         o "Site File Loc" for the ALL-IN-1 site language
                           files

                        Enter the new location of the files.

                      e Press RETURN.

                      f Press EXIT.

                      g Ensure that Message Router is started (see the Message
                        Router books).

                      h Run the ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 startup command procedure
                        (see Section 14.6). If you are running ALL-IN-1 on
                        a VAXcluster system you must run the startup command
                        procedure on all nodes in the cluster.

                               Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4  D-3

 











               D.5   Moving ALL-IN-1

                  If you want to move part or all of your ALL-IN-1 system to
                  other disks, do the following:

                   1 Shut down ALL-IN-1.

                   2 Move each area of ALL-IN-1 (as described in Section D.4).

                   3 If you want to move mail areas, you must edit the
                     information that is held in the mail area master files. Do
                     this as follows:

                      a Use form SM_SDAF_MASTER to update the location of any
                        SDAFs that you move.

                      b Use form SM_SHARED_DIR_MASTER to update the location of
                        any shared directories that you move.

                   4 If you use Message Router, ensure that Message Router is
                     started.

                   5 Run the ALL-IN-1 startup command procedure, A1V24START.COM,
                     to allow the changes to take effect. If you are running
                     ALL-IN-1 on a VAXcluster system, you must run the startup
                     command procedure on all nodes in the cluster.






















               D-4  Changing the Configuration of ALL-IN-1 V2.4

 




















               ___________________________________________________________


                                                                      Index



               A                               Applications (Cont.)

               ACMS, 1-10                        replacing help modules,
                 incorporating, 13-17              14-17
                 integrating with, 1-16        Area routing
               Active processes, 13-3            define logical OA$MTI_
               Additional languages                AREA, 14-14

                 installation procedure,       B
                    4-3, 6-3, 8-3, 10-3,
                    12-3                       Backup, 13-4
                 installing, 1-23              Batch queue
               ALL-IN-1                          for sending mail, 13-21
                 invoking, 14-9                Boot node, 1-22
                 setup, 14-21                  Build a multilingual system
               ALL-IN-1 DDIF, 1-12                , 13-18

               ALL-IN-1 Version 2.4 Group      C
                  Conferencing, 1-10
               Application Control and         CDA Converter Library, 1-12
                  Management System, 1-10        checks, 13-17
               Applications                    Checking



                                                                    Index-1

 






          Checking (Cont.)                DECmail interface (Cont.)

            global page file sections       removing the, 14-18
               , 1-32                     DECnet status, 13-3
            global pages, 1-32            DECtalk Mail Access, 1-11
            global sections, 1-32         Device
          Checklist, 1-46                   for ALL-IN-1 manager's
          Cluster                             VMS account, 13-42
            See also VAXcluster             for language files, 13-33
            VMSmail Gateway                 for mail area SDAF file,
               configuration, 14-14           13-34
          Common-environment cluster        for shared data files,
            running ALL-IN-1, 1-19            13-32
          Compound Document                 for shared directory,
             Architecture                     13-36
            Converter Library, 1-12         for shared library files,
          Compound Document                   13-31
             Architecture Converter       Directories
             Library, A-3                   shared directories, 13-46
          Configuration                   Directory
            changes, D-1                    for language files, 13-44
            changing, 1-2                   for mail area SDAF file,
          Configuring                         13-45
            VMSmail Gateway, 14-14          for shared data files,
          Conventions                         13-44
            used in this guide, xxiii       for shared directories,
          D                                   13-45
                                            for shared library files,
          DATATRIEVE                          13-44
            integrating with, 1-13        Disk space requirements
            linking with, 13-15             for each area, 1-42
          Date format                       free blocks required,
            selecting, 13-19                  1-45
          DCLTABLES                       Distribution kit
            replacing, 14-4                 examining the, 1-4
          DECdx/VMS, 1-11                 Distribution media
          DECmail interface                 mounting the, 2-3, 13-5



          Index-2

 






          Document structure, xix         Installation (Cont.)

          E                                 Safety mode, 1-40
                                            time required, 1-27
          Error messages, 3-2, 4-3,       Installation options, 13-7
             5-3, 6-3, 7-3, 8-3, 9-3,     Installation procedure
             10-3, 11-3, 12-3               first full installation,
          Errors                              3-3
            Sender/Fetcher, 1-35            new additional languages,
          H                                   4-3
                                            update from ALL-IN-1
          Heterogeneous cluster               STARTER V2.4, 9-4
            See Multiple-environment        update of ALL-IN-1
               cluster                        STARTER V2.4 additional
          Homogeneous cluster                 languages, 10-3
            See Common-environment          update of ALL-IN-1 V2.4,
               cluster                        11-4
          Housekeeping procedures           update of ALL-IN-1 V2.4
            rescheduling, 14-17               additional languages,
                                              12-3
          I                                 upgrade from ALL-IN-1

                                              STARTER V1.0, 7-4
          Installation                      upgrade from ALL-IN-1
            aborting, 3-2, 4-3, 5-3,          V2.3, 5-4
               6-3, 7-3, 8-3, 9-3,          upgrading ALL-IN-1
               10-3, 11-2, 12-3               STARTER V1.0 additional
            checklist, 1-46                   languages, 8-3
            completing, 13-49               upgrading ALL-IN-1 V2.3
            disk space required, 1-39         additional languages,
            keeping a record of, 1-18         6-3
            linking images, 13-48         Installation requirements
            modes, 1-40                     number of global buffers,
            Non-Safety mode, 1-41             1-32
            on a VAXcluster system,         number of global page-
               1-19                           file sections, 1-34
            order of, 1-17                  number of global pages,
            preparing for, 1-1, 1-24          1-32


                                                              Index-3

 






          Installation requirements       Local (Cont.)
             (Cont.)                        Message Router, 1-15,

            number of global sections         1-21
               , 1-34                       system, 1-15
            process account quotas,       LQP02 Printer
               1-38                         setting terminal
            unused global pages, 1-32         characteristics for,
          Installation steps, 13-1            14-16
          Installation Verification       LQP03 Printer
             Procedure                      setting terminal
            running, 3-2, 4-2, 5-2,           characteristics for,
               6-2, 7-3, 8-2, 9-2,            14-16
               10-2, 11-2, 12-2           M
          Installed images
            required, 1-8                 Mail directory
          Invoke VMSINSTAL, 13-2            setup, 14-18
          IVP                               specify level of use,
            running, 3-2, 4-2, 5-2,           13-24
               6-2, 7-3, 8-2, 9-2,          user agent password,
               10-2, 11-2, 12-2, 13-46        13-24

          L                               Mandatory software checks,
                                             13-26
          Language code, 13-12            Market code, 13-12
          License Management Facility     Message Router, 1-10,
             , 1-6                           13-21, A-3
          License Management Utility        configuring, 14-13
            requirements, 1-47              integrating with, 1-14
          Limiting addressees               mailbox password, 13-25
            in a mail message, 14-22        setting up, 14-12
          LN03 Printer                      specifying the node,
            setting terminal                  13-23
               characteristics for,       Message Router VMSmail
               14-16                         Gateway, A-3
          Load distribution media,        Messages
             13-4, 13-10, 13-47
          Local


          Index-4

 






          Messages (Cont.)                Post-installation (Cont.)

            error, 3-2, 4-3, 5-3,           terminal characteristics
               6-3, 7-3, 8-3, 9-3,            for LN03, 14-16
               10-3, 11-3, 12-3             terminal characteristics
            warning, 3-2, 4-3, 5-3,           for LQP02, 14-16
               6-3, 7-3, 8-3, 9-3,          terminal characteristics
               10-3, 11-3, 12-3               for LQP03, 14-16
          MR$NODE, 14-14                  Preparing for
          Multiple-environment              installation, 1-1
             cluster                      Prerequisite
            running ALL-IN-1, 1-20          software, 1-7
          N                               Printer Types Master file
                                            modifications to, 14-17
          New installation, 3-3           Product Authorization Key,
          O                                  1-6
                                          Product identifier, 13-2
          OA$DDS_PRIME, 14-18             Purge
          OA$MTI_AREA, 14-14                files during installation
          Optional software checks,           , 13-15

             13-26                        R
          Optional software products,
             1-10                         Release Notes, 2-1
          P                                 accessing, 2-2
                                            printing, 2-2
          PAK                             Remote
            registering and loading,        Message Router, 1-15,
               13-13                          1-22
          Password                          system, 1-15
            for ALL-IN-1 manager's          VMSmail Gateway
               VMS account, 13-40             configuration, 14-14
            for Message Router            Reporting problems, 14-24
               mailbox, 13-25             Required operating system
            Mail directory user agent        components, 1-7

               , 13-24                    S
          Post-installation
                                          Satellite node, 1-22, 13-20

                                                              Index-5

 






          Shared directories, 13-36       U

            number of, 13-36              UIC
          Software Product                  for ALL-IN-1 manager's
             Description, 1-5, 1-6,           VMS account, 13-41
             A-3                            for the transfer user
          Software Warranty Addendum,         accounts, 13-43
             1-6, A-4                     Upgrade installation
          SPD, 1-5, 1-6, A-3                modifications for VTX,
          SSA, 1-6, A-4                       14-17
          Startup command procedure       Users
            executing, 14-6                 number of simultaneous,
          Structure                           13-20
            of this guide, xix
          SWA, 1-6, A-4                   V

          SYSGEN, 1-36
          System backup, 13-4             VAXcluster
          System parameters, 1-36,          Local Area, 1-22
             13-20                          running ALL-IN-1, 1-19,
          System Support Addendum,            1-20
             1-6, A-4                     VAX DATATRIEVE, 1-10
          T                                 integrating with, 1-13
                                          VAX DECpage, 1-11
          Terminal characteristics        VAX FMS, A-3
            LN03 printer, 14-16           VAX RALLY, 1-11
            LQP02 printer, 14-16          VAX TEAMDATA, 1-11
            LQP03 printer, 14-16          VAX VTX, 1-11
          Text library                    VMS
            compiling, 14-10                required version, 1-7
            installing, 14-10             VMSINSTAL, 1-1, 3-1, 4-2,
          Transfer user accounts             5-2, 6-2, 7-2, 8-2, 9-2,
            password, 13-41                  10-2, 11-2, 12-2
          Translate WPS-PLUS and DX         invoking, 13-2
             messages to ASCII, 13-26     VMSmail Gateway
          TXL                               configuring, 14-14
            compiling, 14-10              VMS user name
            installing, 14-10               for ALL-IN-1 manager's
                                              account, 13-38, 13-39

          Index-6

 






          VTX                             W
            modifications for, 14-17

                                          Warning messages, 3-2, 4-3,
                                             5-3, 6-3, 7-3, 8-3, 9-3,
                                             10-3, 11-3, 12-3
                                          WPS-PLUS
                                            incorporating, 13-16
                                            integrating, 1-16
                                          WPS-PLUS/VMS
                                            converting documents to
                                              ALL-IN-1, 14-22




























                                                              Index-7
